Document:

box-ex103_357.htm

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

	

	
Wholesale Datacenter Lease

Multi-Tenant Datacenter

VANTAGE DATA CENTERS [***]

WHOLESALE DATACENTER LEASE

Between

VANTAGE DATA CENTERS [***], LLC

as Landlord

and

BOX, INC.

as Tenant

Dated

July 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

VANTAGE DATA CENTERS [***]

WHOLESALE DATACENTER LEASE

This Wholesale Datacenter Lease (this “Lease”) is entered into as of the date (the “Effective Date”) this Lease is signed by Landlord as indicated on the signature page, by and between Landlord and the Tenant:

RECITALS

A. Landlord is the owner of the Land described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.  The Land is improved with, among other things, the “Building described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.  The Land, the Building, and Landlord’s personal property thereon or therein may be referred to herein as the “Project”, and the Project is described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

B. Tenant desires to lease (i) the Datacenter Space (defined in Item 5(a) of the Basic Lease Information, below), (ii) the Pathway (defined in Item 5(b) of the Basic Lease Information, below), and (iii) the Support Space (defined in Item 5(b) of the Basic Lease Information, below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

	
1.    Landlord: 
	
VANTAGE DATA CENTERS [***], LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”)

	
2.    Original Tenant: 
	
Box, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Original Tenant”).

	
3.    Tenant Addresses: 
	
Tenant Address for Notices:
	
Tenant Address for Invoice of Rent:

	
 
	
900 Jefferson Ave 

Redwood City, CA 94063 

Contact Name: [***] 

Contact Email: [***]

Phone No: [***]
	
900 Jefferson Ave 

Redwood City, CA 94063 

Contact Name: [***] 

Contact Email: [***]

Phone No: N/A

	
4.    Datacenter: 
	
The datacenter suite within the Building that is depicted as “Data Module 2” on Exhibit “C-1” attached hereto (the “Datacenter”).

	
5.    Premises:
	
 

	
(a)  Datacenter Space: 
	
Approximately [***] square feet of space in the Datacenter that is depicted as “[***]” on Exhibit “C-1” attached hereto (the “Datacenter Space”).

	
(b)  Pathway: 
	
The pathway (“Pathway”) shall consist of:

	
 
	
(i) (A) one (1) four inch (4”) conduit from the Datacenter Space to [***]; (B) one (1) four inch (4”) conduit from the Datacenter Space to [***]; (C) one (1) four inch (4”) conduit from [***] to [***]; (D) one (1) four inch (4”) conduit from [***] to [***]; (E) one (1) four inch (4”) conduit from the [***] to the [***] Datacenter Space; and (F) one (1) four inch (4”) conduit from the [***] to [***] Datacenter Space (collectively, the “Conduit Pathway”); and

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

	
 
	
(ii) 96 pairs of single mode fiber (installed at Landlord’s cost) between the Datacenter Space and the [***] Datacenter Space.  Tenant shall be permitted to pull and/or install cables and/or fiber in the Conduit Pathway.  Tenant is responsible for the costs and installations of all fiber and/or copper cabling within the Conduit Pathway and Landlord shall provide reasonable access to the Building’s facilities and Common Areas to allow Tenant to install such fiber and/or copper cabling within the Conduit Pathway.  Tenant may be limited in the number of cables and/or fiber that may be pulled through the Conduit Pathway by applicable Laws and by the physical constructs of such Conduit Pathway.

	
 
	
The Pathway set forth herein constitutes the same pathway as set forth in the [***] Lease (not additional conduit/fibers) and shall be used by Tenant in conjunction with both the Datacenter Space set forth in this Lease as well as the [***] Datacenter Space set forth in the [***] Lease.

	
(c)  Support Space:
	
Approximately 516 rentable square feet of office space within the Building with access to a Common Area lobby, break room, conference room and restrooms (the “Office Space”), and approximately 315 aggregate rentable square feet of dedicated storage/staging space within the Building (the “Storage Space”).  The Office Space and the Storage Space shall be collectively known as the “Support Space.”  The location of the Support Space in the Building is depicted on Exhibit “C-2” attached hereto.

	
6.    Meet Me Rooms; Demarc Rack Space; Meet Me Room Operators:
	
 

	
(a)  Meet Me Rooms:
	
The “Meet Me Rooms” serve as the common interconnection areas for Campus tenants and consist of the following: (i) the meet me room located on the first floor of the Building designated as “[***]” in Exhibit “D-1” attached hereto; (ii) the meet me room located on the first floor of the Building designated as “[***]” in Exhibit “D-1” attached hereto; (iii) the room located on the first floor of the [***] designated as “[***]” in Exhibit “D-2” attached hereto; and (iv) the room located on the first floor of the [***] designated as “[***]” in Exhibit “D-2” attached hereto.

	
(b)  Demarc Rack Space:
	
Tenant shall have the right to use one-half (1/2) of one four-post cabinet (the “Demarc Rack Space”) in each of the [***] and [***] as designated by Landlord.  The Demarc Rack Space set forth herein constitutes the same space as set forth in the [***] Lease (not additional space) and shall be used by Tenant in conjunction with both the Datacenter Space set forth in this Lease as well as the [***] Datacenter Space set forth in the [***] Lease.  The Demarc Rack Space provided in each Meet Me Room shall be contiguous and lockable or otherwise securable by Tenant.

	
(c)  Meet Me Room Operators:
	
[***] and Vantage Data Centers Management Company, LLC.

	
7.    Term:
	
 

	
(a)  Commencement Date:
	
The “Commencement Date” means (and shall occur on) the date on which all of the Commencement Date Conditions are satisfied.  The Commencement Date is currently targeted to occur between September 9, 2016 and September 16, 2016 (the “Target Commencement Date”).

	
(b)  Initial Term:
	
Approximately sixty (60) months, commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the last day of the calendar month in which the date that is sixty (60) months after the Commencement Date occurs (the “Initial Term”).

 

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

	
(c)  Early Occupancy Period:
	
Subject to all of the terms and conditions of Section 3.1.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions, Tenant shall have the right to enter the Datacenter Space for the purpose of installing and testing its Equipment and other Tenant’s Personal Property therein during the period commencing on the Early Occupancy Date and ending on the day before the Commencement Date.  The “Early Occupancy Date” means (and shall occur on) the date Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord has advanced the Commencement Date Conditions sufficiently to allow Tenant to engage in the installation and testing of Equipment and other Tenant’s Personal Property in the Datacenter Space and makes the Datacenter Space available to Tenant for such purposes.

	
(d)  Options to Extend the Term:
	
Two (2) Extension Options (defined in Exhibit “I”), each to extend the Term for an Option Term (defined in Exhibit “I”) of sixty (60) months pursuant to Exhibit “I”.

	
8.    Rent:
	
 

 

	
(a)  Base Rent1:
	
Months of

Initial Term
	
Total Base 

Rent CLP 

(kW)
	
Monthly Base 

Rental Rate 

($/kW/mo)
	
Total Monthly 

Base Rent 

($/mo)
	
Base Rent for 

Improvement 

Allowance 

($/mo) *
	
Total Monthly Base 

Rent with 

Improvement 

Allowance ($/mo)

	
 
	
Months 1 – 3
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

	
 
	
Months 4 – 6
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

	
 
	
Months 7 – 12
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

	
 
	
Months 13 – 24
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

	
 
	
Months 25 – 36
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

	
 
	
Months 37 – 48
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

	
 
	
Months 49 – 60
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]
	
[***]

 

	
 
	
* Base Rate for the Improvement Allowance as set forth in the fifth column of the table above shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 9.3.2 below based on the utilized portion of the Improvement Allowance attributable to the Datacenter Space.

For purposes of this Item 8(a), the first consecutive one (1) month period shall elapse after: (a) the Commencement Date for the Datacenter Space if such Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month; or (b) the first day of the month following the Commencement Date for the Datacenter Space if such Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a month.  Base Rent shall be prorated for any partial calendar months at the beginning of the Term.

	
(b)  Cross Connections:
	
No recurring charges shall be payable to Landlord for up to four (4) Cross Connections (in the aggregate with respect to the Datacenter Space and the [***] Datacenter Space) made by Tenant in the Meet Me Rooms; however, with respect to additional Cross Connections, Tenant shall be charged the then-current amounts per Cross Connection by the Meet Me Room Operator (currently, a monthly recurring charge (MRC) of $350 and a nonrecurring charge (NRC) of $150, subject to adjustment from time to time).  Landlord shall not charge an MRC or NRC with respect to Cross Connections terminating outside of the Meet Me Rooms, provided that (i) such Cross Connections are one to one (not one to many) and are not resold by Tenant and (ii) Tenant is responsible to negotiate directly with carriers with respect to such Cross Connections.  Tenant is responsible for all costs to install and maintain Cross Connections, whether inside or outside of the Meet Me Rooms.

	
	 

	
1
	
 Note to Draft: As opposed to the [***] Lease (which commences upon the Commencement Date for this Lease), this Lease does not require the paragraph in Item 8(a) clarifying that delays in the Commencement Date will result in delays in the payment of Base Rent, since this Lease will not commencement and Base Rent will not be payable until all Commencement Date Conditions are satisfied.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

	
(c)  Prepaid Rent:
	
$[***] due and payable upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease, consisting of the first (1st) month’s Base Rent (exclusive of Base Rent attributable to the Improvement Allowance) (the “Prepaid Rent Amount”).

	
9.   Installation Fee:
	
None.

	
10.  Security Deposit: 
	
$[***] (the “Security Deposit”).

	
11.   Electricity Provided:
	
 

	
(a)  Electricity to be Provided to PDUs:
	
A total of [***], available per the Base Rent CLP ramp schedule set forth in Item 8(a), above.

	
(b)  UPS Power: 
	
UPS breakered amp usage included in the Base Rent for Datacenter Space: As provided in Part I of Exhibit “H”.

	
12.   Cooling Load Factor:
	
Tenant’s Cooling Load Factor shall be as follows: (a) thirty percent (30%) if Tenant is utilizing at least forty percent (40%) of the total Critical Load Power available to the Datacenter Space (i.e., [***]) and (b) forty percent (40%) if Tenant (i) is utilizing less than forty percent (40%) of the total Critical Load Power available to the Datacenter Space or (ii) does not install and maintain in good working order throughout the Term (A) a cold aisle containment system with respect to the Datacenter Space and (B) blanking plates in any unpopulated racks in the Datacenter Space in order to minimize leakage of the cold aisle containment system.

	
13.   Brokers:
	
 

	
(a)  Landlord’s Broker: 
	
None.

	
(b)  Tenant’s Broker: 
	
CBRE, Inc.

This Lease shall consist of the foregoing Basic Lease Information, and the provisions of the Standard Lease Provisions (consisting of Sections 1 through 17 which follow) and Exhibits “A” through “L”, inclusive, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference as of the Effective Date.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Basic Lease Information and the provisions of the Standard Lease Provisions, the Standard Lease Provisions shall control.  Any initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Standard Lease Provisions.

 

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1. “Actual Electrical Costs” means the cost per kilowatt hour and cost per kilowatt demand, adjusted by applicable rate adjustments, to Landlord for the purchase of electricity from the public utility or other electricity provider furnishing electrical service to the Campus from time to time and the cost of delivery (including efficiency losses, if applicable) of such electricity to the Datacenter Space, including sales and other taxes or other impositions imposed by any Governmental Authority on Landlord’s purchase of electricity.

1.2. “Additional Rent” means all amounts (other than Base Rent) payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, whether or not denominated as such.

1.3. “Affiliate” means, with respect to any designated Person, any Person that is directly or indirectly Controlled by, under common Control with or that Controls such designated Person.

1.4. “Alterations” means any alterations, additions, improvements or replacements to the Premises, the Datacenter, or any other portion of the Building or Project completed by or on behalf of Tenant, including, without limitation, the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations.

1.5. “Back Up Power” is defined in Section 8.1.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.6. “Base Rent” is defined in Section 4.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.7. “Base Rent CLP” means (a) during month 1 through month 3 of the Initial Term, [***], (b) during month 4 through month 6 of the Initial Term, [***] and (c) during month 7 through the remainder of the Term, [***].

1.8. “Base Year” means (a) with respect to Property Taxes, the twelve (12) month period beginning on July 1, 2016 and ending on June 30, 2017 and (b) with respect to Insurance, the twelve (12) month period beginning on April 14, 2016 and ending on April 13, 2017.

1.9. “Building” is defined in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

1.10. “Building Common Areas” means those areas within the Building that are provided for the common use of all Building tenants, occupants and invitees, such as, without limitation, accessways, lobbies, common conference and break rooms, corridors, fire vestibules, elevators (if any), foyers, restrooms, janitor’s closets, and other similar facilities.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Meet Me Rooms are not Building Common Areas, provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to the Meet Me Rooms in accordance with Section 2.3.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.11. “Building Systems” means, collectively, the Campus’s and the Project’s primary systems and equipment, including, without limitation, all fire/life safety, roof, walls, electrical, HVAC, plumbing or sprinkler, access control (including, without limitation, Landlord’s Access Control Systems), mechanical, telecommunications and elevator systems and equipment.  For the avoidance of doubt, the electrical Building Systems end at the PDUs serving the Datacenter Space and do not include electrical systems and infrastructure serving the Datacenter Space “downstream” of the output circuit breakers for the PDUs serving the Datacenter Space (including, without limitation, all RPPs, power distribution whips, receptacles and other installations).

1.12. “Brokers” means the Persons, if any, identified in Items 13(a) and 13(b) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.13. “Campus” means that certain data center campus commonly known as Vantage Data Centers [***] which currently includes the Building and the other building improvements commonly known as and located at [***] and the land on which such buildings are located and all other improvements located on such land.

1.14. “Campus Common Areas” means those areas of the Campus that are provided for the common use of all Campus tenants, occupants and invitees, such as, without limitation, driveways, parking areas, plazas and sidewalk areas.

 

 

 

-1-

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

1.15. “Casualty” is defined in Section 10.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.16. “Casualty Damage” is defined in Section 10.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions

1.17. “Claims” means, collectively, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, losses, damages, obligations, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs and expenses, excluding attorneys’ fees, legal costs, and other costs and expenses of defending against any claims, actions, suits, or proceedings, except as otherwise set forth in Section 17.11.

1.18. “Commencement Date” is defined in Item 7(a) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.19. “Commencement Date Conditions” mean, and shall be satisfied upon Landlord’s tender to Tenant of delivery of possession of the Datacenter Space and the Pathway with all of the Landlord’s Installations and the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations (to the extent set forth in the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents) Substantially Completed.  When the Commencement Date Conditions are Substantially Completed, the Commencement Date shall be memorialized via a written commencement date memorandum delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

1.20. “Common Areas” means the Building Common Areas and the Campus Common Areas.

1.21. “Conflicting Use” means any use of the Premises in any manner (or the taking or allowing of any act in or about the Premises) that: (a) violates or conflicts with any Laws; (b) causes or is reasonably likely to cause damage to the Campus, the Project, the Building, the Premises or the Building and/or the Building Systems; (c) shall invalidate or otherwise violate a requirement or condition of any fire, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Campus, the Project, the Building, the Datacenter, and/or the Premises, or the property located therein; (d) constitutes or is reasonably likely to constitute a nuisance, annoyance or inconvenience to other tenants or occupants of the Campus, the Datacenter, the Building or the Project, or any equipment, facilities or systems of any such tenants or occupants; (e) interferes with, or is reasonably likely to interfere with, the transmission or reception of microwave, television, radio, telephone, or other communication signals by antennae or other facilities located at the Campus or the Project; (f) amounts to (or results in) the commission of waste in the Campus, the Premises, the Datacenter, the Building or the Project; or (g) violates any of the rules and regulations from time to time promulgated by Landlord in writing to Tenant and applicable to the Campus, the Premises, the Datacenter, the Building or the Project (including, without limitation, the Datacenter Rules and Regulations).

1.22. “Control” or “Controlling” means possession of the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person.

1.23. “Critical Load Power” means the total electrical power supplied to the PDUs serving the Datacenter Space that is available for utilization by Tenant in the Datacenter Space (as measured at the supply side of the dedicated PDU systems serving the Datacenter Space and at the output feeder breakers of the shared PDU systems serving the Datacenter Space) for the purpose of delivering critical electrical power to Tenant’s Equipment and other Tenant’s Personal Property in the Datacenter Space.

1.24. “Cross Connections” means interconnections in a Meet Me Room between Tenant’s Demarc Rack Space and any telecommunications carriers present in such Meet Me Room.

1.25. “Damage Notice” is defined in Section 10.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.26. “Datacenter” is defined in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Information.

1.27. “Datacenter Power Payment” means, each month, an amount equal to the Actual Electrical Costs to deliver all electrical energy during such month as Critical Load Power to the Datacenter Space (as measured by the Electrical Metering Equipment).

1.28. “Datacenter Rules and Regulations” means Landlord’s rules and regulations for the Datacenter, as such reasonable rules and regulations may be reasonably amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.  The current version of the Datacenter Rules and Regulations are included as Exhibit “K”.

1.29. “Datacenter Space” is defined in Item 5(a) of the Basic Lease Information.

 

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

1.30. “Default Rate” means an annual rate of interest equal to the lesser of (a) fifteen percent (15%) per annum and (b) the maximum contract rate permitted to be charged under applicable Law.

1.31. “Demarc Rack Space” is defined in Item 6(b) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.32. “Early Occupancy Date” (if any) is defined in Item 7(c) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.33. “Early Occupancy Period” means the period (if any) specified in Item 7(c) of the Basic Lease Information, during which Tenant can occupy and use the Premises prior to the Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3.1.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.34. “Effective Date” is defined in the preamblular paragraph to this Lease.

1.35. “Electrical Metering Equipment” means revenue-grade electrical metering device (or electrical metering devices) for monitoring the electricity delivered as Critical Load Power to the Datacenter Space that is compatible with Landlord’s energy management system.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the Electrical Metering Equipment measures electrical power delivered to the supply side of the PDU systems serving the Datacenter Space.

1.36. “Electrical Power Threshold” means number of kilowatts for the Datacenter Space specified in Paragraph 1 of Exhibit “H”.

1.37. “Encumbrances” means liens, claims, stop notices and violation notices, including, without limitation, any of the same relating to any of the Tenant’s Personal Property, the Alterations or any other work performed for, materials furnished to or obligations incurred by Tenant.

1.38. “Environmental Laws” means and includes all now and hereafter existing Laws regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning public health and safety or the environment.

1.39. “Equipment” means only computer, switch and/or communications equipment. 

1.40. “Estimated Restoration Period” is defined in Section 10.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.41. “Extension Option” is defined in Exhibit “I” attached hereto.

1.42. “Force Majeure” is defined in Section 17.7 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.43. “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

1.44. “Governmental Authority” means any of the United States of America, the state, county and/or city in which the Campus or the Project is located (and/or any political subdivision of such state, county or city), any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, and any quasi-municipal corporation or similar entity that now exists or is hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Campus or the Project or any portion thereof or the vaults, curbs, sidewalks, streets and areas adjacent thereto.

1.45. “Handle,” “Handled,” or “Handling” means any installation, handling, generation, storage, treatment, use, disposal, discharge, release, manufacture, refinement, presence, migration, emission, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

1.46. “Hazardous Materials” means and includes: (a) any material or substance: (i) which is defined or becomes defined as a “hazardous substance,” “hazardous waste,” “infectious waste,” “chemical mixture or substance,” or “air pollutant” under Environmental Laws; (ii) containing petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof, excluding plastics and items commonly found in data centers not otherwise covered in this Section 1.47; (iii) containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), excluding plastics and items commonly found in data centers not otherwise covered in this Section 1.47; (iv) asbestos, asbestos-containing materials or presumed asbestos-containing materials (collectively, “ACM”); (v) which is radioactive; (vi) which is infectious; or (b) any other material or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics and that present a risk to public health and safety or the environment.

1.47. “Holder” means the holder of any Security Instruments.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

1.48. “Holdover Base Rental Rate” means a monthly base rental rate equal to 150% of the Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord during the last month of the Term of this Lease.

1.49. “HVAC” means heating ventilation and air conditioning.

1.50. “Improvement Allowance” is defined in Section 9.3.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.51. “Initial Alterations” is defined in Section 9.3.2.4 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.52. “Initial Term” means the period specified in Item 7(b) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.53. “Installation Fee” means the amount, if any, specified in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Information.

1.54. “Institutional Owner Practices” means practices that are consistent with the practices of the majority of the institutional owners of institutional grade, first-class data center or telecommunications projects in the United States of America.

1.55. “Land” is defined in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

1.56. “Landlord” is defined in Item 1 of the Basic Lease Information.

1.57. “Landlord Confidential Information” means: (a) the terms and provisions of this Lease and of any term sheet, letter of intent or discussions on which this Lease is based and the content of any discussions between Landlord and Tenant regarding the same and (b) the Actual Electrical Costs charged hereunder, and (c) any other information that is disclosed by Landlord that: (i) is marked as confidential, proprietary, or with a similar legend or (ii) that the party receiving the information otherwise should reasonably know to be confidential based upon its content.

1.58. “Landlord Default” is defined in Section 16.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.59. “Landlord Parties” means, collectively: Landlord; [***]; and their respective Affiliates and Successors and assigns, and all of their respective directors, officers, shareholders, members, employees, agents, constituent partners, affiliates, beneficiaries, trustees and representatives.

1.60. “Landlord Party” means any of the Landlord Parties.

1.61. “Landlord’s Access Control Systems” means five (5) layers of security built into the Campus which include (a) perimeter fencing and gates; (b) CCTV (PTZ or fixed); (c) on site Security Operations Center with operation of a check-in desk at the Campus’ main entrance by security officers twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week; (d) visitor management system; (e) installation of an electronic “key card” system to control access to the Datacenter Space, including bioscript access (card/biometric) readers; and (f) installation of a video surveillance system in the Datacenter with a 90 day archiving standard across 90+ cameras for the Campus.

1.62. “Landlord’s Installations” means all of the items and installations described in Part I of Exhibit “J” attached hereto.

1.63. “Landlord’s Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of Landlord’s Chief Executive Officer as of the Effective Date, with no duty of inquiry or investigation.

1.64. “Landlord’s Lease Undertakings” means each and all of the representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings, and agreements contained in the Lease Documents that is or are to be provided or performed by Landlord.

1.65. “Late Charge” is defined in Section 4.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

1.66. “Late Charge Delinquency” means any failure of Landlord to receive any payment of Rent on or before the date that is six (6) days after the date on which such payment of Rent is due.

1.67. “Laws” means, collectively, statutes, laws, ordinances, building codes, rules, regulations, orders and directives of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction (including, without limitation, any certificate of occupancy), and all covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Campus or the Project.

1.68. “Lease” is defined in the preamblular paragraph to this Lease. 

1.69. “Lease Documents” means this Lease together with any and all exhibits, riders, amendments, or addenda to this Lease.

1.70. “Legal Notices” means any notices sent or otherwise transmitted by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant in connection with any legal proceedings with respect to possession of the Premises instituted by Landlord in connection with this Lease (including, without limitation, service of process in connection with any unlawful detainer action).

1.71. “Meet Me Room” is defined in Item 6(a) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.72. “Meet Me Room Operators” means the Persons identified in Item 6(c) of the Basic Lease Information or any other Person appointed by Landlord as a Meet Me Room Operator.

1.73. “MMR Services” means the services typically provided by companies in the business of providing carrier-neutral interconnections, such as the Telx, Coresite and Telehouse, including, without limitation, furnishing of space, racks and pathway to parties for the purpose of such party’s placement and maintenance of computer, switch and/or communications equipment and connections with the communications cable and facilities of other parties in the Building.

1.74. “Notified Party” means each Holder (defined above) of which Tenant has received written notice.

1.75. “Original Tenant” is defined in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Information.

1.76. “Pathway” means those certain conduit(s), partial conduit(s) and/or dark fiber(s) or copper described in the Item 5(b) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.77. “Permitted Alterations” means only usual and customary installations, repairs, maintenance, and removals of equipment and telecommunication cables within the Premises if and to the extent that such installations, repairs, maintenance, and removals: (a) are usual and customary within the industry, (b) are of a type and extent which are customarily permitted to be made without consent by landlords acting consistently with Institutional Owner Practices leasing similar space for similar uses to similar tenants, (c) are in compliance with applicable Laws and the Datacenter Rules and Regulations, and (d) shall not affect the Building’s structure, the provision of services to other Building tenants, or any Building Systems (including, without limitation, the Building’s (and the Datacenter’s) electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety or mechanical systems).

1.78. “Permitted Transfer” means (a) an assignment of this Lease to a Successor of Tenant or (b) a sublease of all or part of the Premises to an Affiliate of Tenant, in either case, on the condition that (i) the Permitted Transferee is of a character consistent with Landlord’s first class standard for tenants of the Project, (ii) the Permitted Transferee assumes in writing all of Tenant’s rights and obligations hereunder, (iii) the assignment or sublease is taken for a bona fide business purpose and not principally or exclusively as a means to evade any of the requirements of this Lease (including, but not limited to, the consent requirements under Article 11 of the Standard Lease Provisions), and (iv) the Tangible Net Worth of the Permitted Transferee after the date of assignment or sublease would not be less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date immediately prior to the date of such assignment or sublease.

1.79. “Permitted Transferee” means the Person to which a Permitted Transfer is made.

1.80. “Permitted Use” means only the placement and maintenance of Equipment and connections (in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions) with the communications cable and facilities of other tenants in the Datacenter or the Building, in each case, consistent with a first-class mission critical data center; provided that, with respect to any portion of the Premises designated as “office space” the Permitted Use shall mean only general office use, and/or to any portion of the Premises designated as “storage space” the Permitted Use shall mean only storage of dry goods.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

1.81. “Person” means an individual, general or limited partnership, limited liability partnership or company, corporation, trust, estate, real estate investment trust association or any other entity.

1.82. “Personal Information” is defined in Section 17.17 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.83. “Power Payment” means, each month, an amount equal to the sum of: (a) the Datacenter Power Payment and (b) the Uplift Power Payment.

1.84. “Premises” means the Datacenter Space together with the Pathway and Support Space.

1.85. “Premises Restoration” is defined in Section 10.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.86. “Prepaid Rent Amount” means the amount, if any, specified in Item 8(c) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.87. “Project” is defined in Recital A to this Lease.

1.88. “Reference Rate” means the “prime rate” or “reference rate” announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.T. & S.A. (or such reasonable comparable national banking institution as is selected by Landlord in the event Bank of America, N.T. & S.A. ceases to publish a prime rate or reference rate).

1.89. “Rent” is defined in Section 4.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.90. “Restoration” is defined in Section 10.1.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.91. “Restoration Notice” is defined in Section 10.1.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.92. “Review Expenses” means all review and processing fees, and costs, as well as any reasonable professional, attorneys’, accountants’, engineers’ or other consultants’ fees incurred by Landlord (including reasonable documentation of such fees and costs) relating to any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent, including, but not limited to, any request for consent to a proposed Transfer.

1.93. “Security Deposit” is defined in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Information.

1.94. “Security Instruments”, means, collectively: (a) all present and future ground leases and master leases of all or any part of the Campus, the Project, the Building or the Datacenter; (b) present and future mortgages and deeds of trust encumbering all or any part of the Campus, the Project, the Building or the Datacenter; (c) all past and future advances made under any such mortgages or deeds of trust; and (d) all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of any such ground leases, master leases, mortgages and deeds of trust, which now or hereafter constitute a lien upon or affect the Campus, the Project, the Building or the Datacenter.

1.95. “Shared Electrical and Mechanical Equipment” means equipment that is located in or outside of the Datacenter that services portions of the Datacenter and/or the Building in addition to (and other than) the Datacenter Space and for which Landlord reasonably determines that it is not commercially practical to directly meter the consumption of electricity solely attributable to Tenant and the Premises.

1.96. “State” means the state in which the Project is located.

1.97. “Substantially Completed” means that all of the applicable Landlord’s Installations have been completed in accordance with the requirements set forth in Part I of Exhibit “J” and all of the applicable Tenant Datacenter Space Installations have been completed in accordance with the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents, in each case excepting minor punch list items that constitute the details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustment, the lack of completion of which shall not materially interfere with or delay Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Tenant Delay Days occur, the Landlord’s Installations and the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations shall be deemed Substantially Completed on the date that such Landlord’s Installations and Tenant Datacenter Space Installations would have been Substantially Complete but for the occurrence of such Tenant Delay Days.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

1.98. “Successor” means, with respect to any Person: (a) an entity which is the result of a conversion of such Person from one form of entity to a different form of entity recognized by, and qualified to do business in, the State (such as, by way of example only, a conversion from a corporation to a limited liability company), (b) any successor corporation or other entity resulting from a merger, consolidation, acquisition or other action with respect to such Person, or (c) another Person that purchases all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or of the parent company of such Person.

1.99. “Support Space” is defined in Item 5(c) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.100. “Taking” is defined in Section 10.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.101. “Taking Date” is defined in Section 10.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.102. “Tangible Net Worth” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities (in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP) excluding from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP, including, without limitation, goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises.

1.103. “Target Commencement Date” is defined in Item 7(a) of the Basic Lease Information.

1.104. “Tenant Competitors” means the following five (5) entities: Dropbox, Hightail, Egnyte, Watch Stocks and Accellion.

1.105. “Tenant” means Original Tenant, and any person or entity to whom or to which all of Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease is assigned (or otherwise transferred) in accordance with the provisions of Article 11 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.106. “Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents” is defined in Section 4.1.5.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.107. “Tenant Datacenter Space Installations” is defined in Part II of Exhibit “J” attached hereto.

1.108. “Tenant Delay Day” means any day of delay due to (a) Tenant’s request for changes or additions to the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations after the Effective Date, (b) Tenant’s failure to approve or disapprove within three (3) Business Days any action item requiring Tenant’s approval or disapproval (unless a greater period of time is provided for under the terms of this Lease or the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents), (c) Tenant’s failure to pay any invoiced expenses associated with the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations by the applicable due date or (d) any material interference by Tenant with the construction and installation of the Landlord’s Installations and/or the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations.

1.109. “Tenant Installation Costs” is defined in Section 4.1.5.4 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.110. “Tenant Parties” means collectively, Tenant, its Transferees and any other Person claiming by, through or under Tenant, and their respective contractors, clients, customers, uses, officers, directors, employees, representatives, licensees, agents, and invitees.

1.111. “Tenant Party” means any of the Tenant Parties.

1.112. “Tenant’s Confidential Information” means: (a) the contents of any documents disclosed to Landlord under Section 12.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions, (b) the fact that Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease and (c) any other information that is disclosed by Tenant that: (i) is marked as confidential, proprietary, or with a similar legend or (ii) that the party receiving the information otherwise should reasonably know to be confidential based upon its content.

1.113. “Tenant’s Percentage Share” means, with respect to Property Taxes and Insurance, 5.6% (provided that if the area of the Datacenter Space or the area of all of the data center space in the Project changes, Landlord may recalculate Tenant’s Percentage Share with respect to Property Taxes and Insurance, in which case Tenant’s Percentage Share with respect to Property Taxes and Insurance shall be recalculated by dividing the number of square feet of rentable area in the Datacenter Space by the number of square feet of data center space in the Project, and expressing such quotient in the form of a percentage).  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant’s Percentage Share is a “deemed” share, which has been calculated by taking into consideration the rentable square feet of all space that is included collectively in and/or serving the Datacenter Space.

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

1.114. “Tenant’s Personal Property” means, collectively, all Equipment, cable, wiring, connecting lines, and other installations or property installed or placed by or for on behalf of Tenant anywhere in the Building, the Datacenter, and/or the Premises (including, but not limited to the Tenant’s Security System, if any).

1.115. “Tenant’s Security System” is defined in Section 9.3.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.116. “Term” means the Initial Term, as such Initial Term may be extended by exercise of any right of Tenant hereunder to extend the term of this Lease (as provided in Item 7(d) of the Basic Lease Information), or otherwise upon the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant.

1.117. “Transfer” means and includes any of the following: (a) a sublease all or any part of the Premises, (b) an assignment of the Lease, (c) entering into any other agreement (i) that permits a third party (other than Tenant’s employees and occasional guests) to occupy or use any portion of the Premises or (ii) otherwise assigns, transfers, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates, encumbers or permits a lien to attach to Tenant’s interest under this Lease or (d) a direct or indirect transfer, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of a Controlling interest in Tenant.

1.118. “Transfer Request” means a written request for Landlord’s consent to a Proposed Transfer, which includes a statement containing: (a) the name and address of the proposed Transferee; (b) current, certified financial statements of the proposed Transferee, and any other information and materials (including, without limitation, credit reports, business plans, operating history, bank and character references) required by Landlord to assist Landlord in reviewing the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee; and (c) all of the principal terms of the proposed Transfer;.

1.119. “Transferee” means any Person to whom a Transfer is made or sought to be made.

1.120. “Uplift Power Payment” means the product of: (a) the Cooling Load Factor specified in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Information (expressed as a decimal amount) and (b) the Datacenter Power Payment; provided that if Landlord determines that Actual Electrical Costs incurred in connection with operation of the Shared Electrical and Mechanical Equipment can be metered and allocated on a prorated/actual basis (based on actual use of Critical Load Power), or if Tenant does not implement and at all times maintain during the Term a commercially reasonable cold aisle containment system for the entire Datacenter Space, Landlord may elect to calculate the Uplift Power Payment as Tenant’s share (based on Tenant’s actual use of Critical Load Power) of the Actual Electrical Costs incurred in connection with operation of the Shared Electrical and Mechanical Equipment.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Uplift Power Payment is intended to reimburse Landlord for electricity used by Shared Electrical and Mechanical Equipment.

1.121. “[***] Datacenter Space” means [***] of datacenter space in the [***], which is leased by Tenant pursuant to the [***] Lease.

1.122. “[***] Lease” means that certain Wholesale Datacenter Lease of even date herewith by and between Vantage Data Centers [***], LLC and Tenant with respect to the lease of the [***] Datacenter Space.

Terms in initial capitals that are not defined in Article 1 shall have the meanings given to them elsewhere in this Lease.

2. LEASE OF PREMISES.

2.1. Lease of Premises; Quiet Enjoyment; Access.  In consideration of the covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant, and upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant for the Term and Tenant Leases the Premises from Landlord for the Term.  Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises without hindrance from Landlord or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Landlord.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the Datacenter Rules and Regulations) and Landlord’s Access Control Systems and other access control protocols, Tenant shall have access to the Datacenter Space and the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it understands that all persons in the Datacenter and other portions of the Building and the activities of all such persons are and shall be subject to surveillance by video camera and/or otherwise by Landlord’s agents and employees.

2.2. Condition of Premises.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) Tenant has inspected the Building, the Datacenter and the Premises and accepts them in their “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition, (b) that neither Landlord nor any of its agents have made any representations or warranties (express or implied) with respect to the condition of the Campus, the Project, the Building, the Datacenter or the 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Premises or their suitability or fitness for the conduct of Tenant’s Permitted Use, its business or for any other purpose, and (c) except for the Landlord’s Installations specifically described in Exhibit “J” attached hereto, Landlord has no obligation to construct or install any improvements in or to make any other alterations or modifications to the Campus, the Project, the Building, the Datacenter or the Premises; provided that nothing in this Section 2.2 shall release Landlord from or otherwise reduce Landlord’s obligations under Exhibit “J” attached hereto or under Sections 8.1 and 9.1 below.  The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Campus, the Project, the Building and the Datacenter were at such time in good order and clean condition.  In addition, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that:

2.2.1. Tenant shall have the sole responsibility, at its expense, to secure any and all governmental permits and/or approvals relating to Tenant’s use of the Premises (except for any permits and/or approvals that are directly required in connection with any of the Landlord’s Installations or the Building or location apart from the Premises).

2.2.2. Except to the extent set forth in Section 4.1.5 below, Tenant shall have the sole responsibility, at its expense, to install (in accordance with best practices in the datacenter industry) all of its Equipment and other Tenant’s Personal Property in the Datacenter Space.

2.2.3. Except to the extent (if it all) expressly provided in Exhibit “J” attached hereto, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for the installation of: (a) all power circuits and rack grounding to the base Building grounding grid system required to distribute in the Datacenter Space the electrical power delivered by Landlord from the Power Distribution Units (“PDUs”) serving the Datacenter Space (including, without limitation, all Remote Power Panels (“RPPs”), power distribution whips, receptacles and other electrical installations), (b) a commercially reasonable cold aisle containment system with respect to the entire Datacenter Space, (c) any and all installations and or equipment that are required to transform the electrical power delivered by Landlord to the PDUs serving the Datacenter Space in any manner required by Tenant’s Equipment or other Tenant’s Personal Property, and (d) for all ladder rack, cable management, racks, other containment solutions and other installations that are required for use of the Datacenter Space; provided that, Tenant shall use an electrical contractor reasonably approved by Landlord to perform any tap-in to the Building’s electrical system located at the PDUs that are required to distribute electrical power in the Datacenter Space.  If and to the extent that any modifications to the Building Systems are required to accommodate any nonlinear loads imposed by Tenant’s Equipment or other Tenant’s Personal Property (or to eliminate or remediate any problems caused by any such nonlinear loads, Landlord shall make such modifications and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in making such modifications, which reimbursement payment shall be due within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s written invoice therefor.

2.3. Common Areas; Meet Me Room; Cross Connections.

2.3.1. Common Areas Generally.  The Common Areas shall be subject to the exclusive management and control of Landlord, and Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations (including, but not limited to, the Datacenter Rules and Regulations) pertaining to the Common Areas, provided that such actions do not impede Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right from time to time to designate, relocate and limit the use of particular areas or portions of the Common Areas.  Landlord shall also have the right to close all or any portion of the Common Areas as may, in the sole discretion of Landlord, be necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights in any person.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that Landlord owns and has sole and exclusive rights to the conduit infrastructure entering the Building and connecting all data center rooms located throughout the Building to the Meet-Me Room (and that such conduit infrastructure is not part of the Common Areas).  Should any of the Common Areas be materially changed, materially reduced or closed, with the result that such material change, material reduction or closure is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, then notice shall be provided to Tenant at least ten (10) business days in advance (except for emergencies or other urgent situations, where notice shall be provided to Tenant as soon as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances).

2.3.2. Meet Me Room; Cross Connections.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all interconnections between the systems of Tenant and those of other tenants of the Datacenter and/or the Building must be made in the Meet-Me-Room.  Tenant is responsible for the costs and installations of all cable(s) and/or fiber (a) between the Datacenter Space and the area within the Datacenter where connections to the Meet Me Room are made and (b) within the Pathway.  Tenant acknowledges that the Meet-Me Room is operated by the Meet Me Room Operators and that all operations in the Meet-Me Room (including all Meet-Me Room Services), and all Tenant presence in the Meet-Me Room (including, but not limited to, Cross Connections made in Landlord’s Meet- Me Room interconnection rack) are governed and controlled by the Meet Me Room Operators; each and all of which is subject to such agreements and costs as are required, from time to time, by the Meet Me Room Operators.  Cross Connections may be requested by Tenant, and subject to any restrictions relating to the Project or Campus, may be made (at Tenant’s expense) in accordance with (and subject to all of the terms and conditions of) the Meet Me Room Operators’ standard practices (which shall be consistent with the customary practices of similarly situated entities providing similar services within the telecommunications industry).

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

	
 
	
 

 

2.4. Parking.  In connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises, during the Term, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of unreserved vehicle parking spaces in the parking facilities from time to time associated with the Building (or in portions thereof designated by Landlord) on a first-come, first-served, as available basis.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right to assign any unreserved and unassigned parking spaces and/or make all or a portion of such spaces reserved and (b) that Tenant shall have no right to use any spaces which have been specifically assigned to other tenants or other parties or otherwise designated as reserved.  Should Landlord make all spaces for the Campus reserved, Landlord shall give Tenant thirty (30) days notice and provide reasonable alternative parking.  Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or any other Tenant Party or their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.  If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Section 2.4, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be payable within thirty (30) days following written invoice by Landlord.  All responsibility for damage to cars is assumed by the users of the Campus’s parking facilities.

2.5. Portability.  If, during the Initial Term, Tenant desires to lease other space on the Campus in lieu of its lease of the Datacenter Space, the terms of Exhibit “I” attached hereto shall apply.

3. TERM.

3.1. Term; Early Occupancy.

3.1.1. Term.  The term of this Lease, and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent under this Lease, shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall continue in effect for the Term, unless this Lease is earlier terminated as provided herein.

3.1.2. Early Occupancy.  During the Early Occupancy Period (if any) specified in Item 7(c) of the Basic Lease Information, Tenant shall have the right to enter upon the Premises during normal business hours (and at other times permitted by Landlord) for the purpose of installing its Equipment and other Tenant’s Personal Property therein, provided that Tenant does not interfere with Landlord’s efforts to deliver possession of the Premises with all of the Landlord’s Installations and the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations Substantially Completed, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  During such Early Occupancy Period (if any), each and every provision of this Lease shall be in full force and effect (excluding the provisions set forth in Section 8.1, below, and Exhibit “H” attached hereto, which shall not be applicable until the Commencement Date); provided however, that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay to Landlord any Base Rent for the Datacenter Space with respect to any portion of the Early Occupancy Period (but for the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that Tenant shall be required to pay any and all electricity charges that accrue to the Datacenter Space during the Early Occupancy Period and for Base Rent associated with the Improvement Allowance as set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information).  It is understood and agreed, however, that Tenant shall have no right to commence business operations in or from any portion of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date.

3.2. Delivery of Premises.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender to Tenant delivery of possession of the Premises with all of the Landlord’s Installations and the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations (to the extent set forth in the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents) Substantially Completed on or before the Target Commencement Date.  If Landlord shall fail to so tender to Tenant delivery of possession of the Premises on or before the Target Commencement Date for any reason, then provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to tender to Tenant delivery of possession of the Premises with all of the Landlord’s Installations and the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations (to the extent set forth in the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents) Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, Landlord shall not be deemed in default hereunder, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, the Term of this Lease shall not be extended (provided, however the Commencement Date shall be delayed until Landlord tenders to Tenant delivery of possession of the Premises with all of the Landlord’s Installations and the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations (to the extent set forth in the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents) Substantially Completed), Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom and the Commencement Date shall be deemed to occur on the date on which Landlord shall complete such Landlord’s Installations and such Tenant Datacenter Space Installations and tender to Tenant delivery of possession of the Premises.

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

	
 
	
 

 

4. BASE RENT AND OTHER CHARGES.

4.1. Base Rent; Installation Fee; Electrical Power.

4.1.1. Base Rent.  Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord base rent (the “Base Rent”) for the Premises in the amounts set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information.  All Base Rent shall be paid to Landlord in monthly installments in advance of the first day of each and every month throughout the Term of this Lease; provided, however, that: (a) the Prepaid Rent Amount, if any, shall be payable within seven (7) business days of Tenant’s execution of this Lease and (b) if the Commencement Date does not commence on the first day of a calendar month, the Base Rent for such partial calendar month shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) business days of the Commencement Date.  Except as expressly provided herein (e.g., with respect to the Prepaid Rent), Tenant shall not pay any installment of Rent more than one (1) month in advance.

4.1.2. Electrical Power.  Tenant shall pay for all electricity provided as Critical Load Power to the Datacenter Space and required to operate the Shared Electrical and Mechanical Equipment in accordance with this Section 4.1.2.  Except to the extent provided otherwise in Exhibit “J” attached hereto, the Electrical Metering Equipment shall be installed by Landlord at Landlord’s cost and Landlord shall bill Tenant monthly for the Power Payment.  Unless Landlord shall specify otherwise, such Electrical Metering Equipment shall measure electricity delivered to the supply side of the PDUs for the Datacenter Space.  Tenant shall pay the Power Payment to Landlord, as Additional Rent (defined below), within thirty (30) days of delivery of a written invoice with respect to each such Power Payment.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Uplift Power Payment is intended to reimburse Landlord for electricity used by Shared Electrical and Mechanical Equipment.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is the intent of the Parties that this Section 4.1.2 represents a mechanism only for Landlord’s cost recovery with regard to electricity provided to and/or used in or with respect to the Premises, and that there is no intent for Tenant’s Power Payment to include any element of profit to the Landlord in connection therewith.

4.1.3. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Increases in Insurance and Property Taxes.  Subject to the provisions of this Lease and in accordance with Exhibit “E”, attached hereto, in addition to paying Base Rent, with respect to each applicable Expense Year (defined in Exhibit “E”) Tenant shall also pay (a) Tenant’s Percentage Share of the positive excess, if any, of Insurance (defined in Exhibit “E”) allocable hereunder to such applicable Expense Year over Insurance allocable hereunder to the Base Year, and (b) Tenant’s Percentage Share of the positive excess, if any, of the Property Taxes (defined in Exhibit “E”) allocable hereunder to such applicable Expense Year over the Property Taxes allocable hereunder to the Base Year.

4.1.4. Installation Fee/Other Charges.  In addition to paying the Base Rent, upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay the Installation Fee as partial consideration for the fixturization of the Datacenter as shall be set forth in Exhibit “J” attached hereto and costs incurred by Landlord’s in connection with this Lease and Tenant’s commencement of operations within the Premises.

4.1.5. Tenant Installation Costs.  Landlord shall manage the construction of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations on Tenant’s behalf in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.1.5.

4.1.5.1. Prior to commencement of construction on the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations, Landlord shall submit a detailed estimate of the Tenant Installation Costs (defined below) and a list of the specifications for such associated Tenant Datacenter Space Installations (including equipment type and quantity) for review and approval by Tenant (the “Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents”).  Tenant shall have a period of five (5) business days following receipt of such Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents to provide its approval to Landlord or to notify Landlord of any modifications that it desires to make to the scope, type, timing or quantity of the installations (subject to Landlord’s approval in its reasonable discretion); provided, however, if Tenant fails to so notify Landlord within the five (5) business days period, Tenant shall be deemed to have provided its consent to the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents as provided by Landlord.  In the event that the estimated Tenant Installation Costs as set forth in the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents for the Datacenter Space and the [***] Datacenter Space, in the aggregate, exceed the Improvement Allowance, then Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord in a lump sum payment, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice from Landlord (which invoice may be provided to Tenant in advance of and as a condition precedent to Landlord incurring the expenses associated therewith, as determined in Landlord in its sole discretion).  If the parties modify the scope, type, timing or quantity of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations pursuant to this Section 4.1.5.1, the scope, type, timing or quantity set forth in the finalized Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents shall control over the scope, type, timing or quantity of such installations as set forth on Exhibit “J”.  If the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents are not agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant within ten (10) business days following the date of delivery of the initial Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

Documents to Tenant, then the Target Commencement Date and/or the Commencement Date, in Landlord’s discretion, shall be delayed by one (1) day for each one (1) day delay in obtaining fully-approved Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents.

4.1.5.2. Following finalization and approval of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents, as set forth in Section 4.1.6.1 above, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an estimated construction schedule and estimated costs with respect to the installations set forth on the finalized Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents, which Landlord may update from time to time during the course of construction upon notice to Tenant.  The documents provided to Tenant by Landlord pursuant to this Section 4.1.5.2 shall be incorporated into and deemed to be part of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents for purposes of this Section 4.1.5.

4.1.5.3. Landlord shall provide Tenant with monthly statements setting forth the total Tenant Installation Costs incurred as of the date of the statement.  In addition, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, within sixty (60) days after the completion of all Tenant Datacenter Space Installations, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, a final statement of the total Tenant Installation Costs actually incurred by Landlord.  If the final statement indicates that the actual Tenant Installation Costs for the Datacenter Space and the [***] Datacenter Space, in the aggregate, exceed the Improvement Allowance plus any additional amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 4.1.5.1 above, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days following receipt of the final statement.  The expiration or early termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.1.5.3.

4.1.5.4. For purposes of this Section 4.1.5, “Tenant Installation Costs” means (a) the total out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in relation to the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations, without markup for profit, including, without limitation, amounts paid to contractors and suppliers, and (b) a project management fee equal to five percent (5%) of the costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.1.5.4, not to exceed Eighty Thousand Dollars ($80,000.00) in the aggregate for project management of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations for both the Datacenter and the [***] Datacenter.

4.1.5.5. In furtherance of completion of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations as set forth in this Lease, Tenant agrees to diligently and promptly work with Landlord with respect to the design and implementation of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations and to provide all approvals and other input in a prompt and timely manner and, if applicable, by the dates or within the timeframes set forth in the Tenant Datacenter Space Installation Plan Documents.  If any Tenant Datacenter Space Installations are not completed in a timely manner due in whole or in part to a Tenant Delay Day, the parties agree that the Commencement Date Conditions and Landlord’s obligations to complete the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations shall be deemed to be Substantially Completed on the date that such Tenant Datacenter Space Installations would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of such Tenant Delay Days, as determined by Landlord in its discretion.

4.2. Payment of Rent Generally.  Base Rent, all forms of Additional Rent (defined below) payable hereunder by Tenant and all other amounts, fees, payments or charges payable hereunder by Tenant shall: (a) each constitute rent payable hereunder (and shall sometimes collectively be referred to herein as “Rent”), (b) be payable in lawful money of the United States to Landlord when due, without (except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease) any prior notice or demand therefor and without (except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease) any abatement, offset or deduction whatsoever, and (c) be payable to Landlord at the address of Landlord specified for payment of Rent in Exhibit “B” (or to such other person or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant).  No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease, the service of any notice, the commencement of any suit, or a final judgment for possession shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term of this Lease or affect any such notice, demand, suit or judgment.  No partial payment by Tenant shall be deemed to be other than on account of the full amount otherwise due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord shall be entitled to accept such payment without compromise or prejudice to any of the rights of Landlord hereunder or under any Laws.  If the Commencement Date or the date of expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease falls on a date other than the first or last day of a calendar month, respectively, the Rent payable for such partial calendar month shall be prorated based on a per diem basis.

4.3. Late Payments.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the late payment of Rent shall cause Landlord to incur administrative costs not contemplated under this Lease and other damages, the exact amount of which would be extremely difficult or impractical to fix.  Landlord and Tenant agree that if a Late Charge Delinquency shall occur, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand: (a) a late charge (“Late Charge”) equal to two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the amount overdue to cover such additional administrative costs and damages, and (b) interest on all such delinquent amounts at the Default Rate from the date such amounts are first delinquent until the date the same are paid.  The acceptance by Landlord of any Late Charge and/or interest under this Section 4.3 shall not: (i) be deemed to constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, or (ii) prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or under any Laws.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

4.4. Invoicing.  During the Term, Landlord shall not submit more than two (2) invoices per month to Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

5. TAXES ON TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY; OTHER TAXES.

5.1. Taxes on Tenant’s Personal Property.  Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay prior to delinquency (and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any Claims arising out of, in connection with, or in any manner related to) all governmental fees, taxes, tariffs and other charges levied directly or indirectly against any Tenant’s Personal Property or other personal property, fixtures, machinery, apparatus, systems, connections, interconnections and appurtenances located in or used by Tenant in or in connection with the Premises (excluding, however, machinery, apparatus, systems, connections, interconnections and appurtenances owned by Landlord).  If any such fees, taxes, tariffs and other charges for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property, and if Landlord elects to pay the same, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written invoice therefor, that part of such taxes for which Tenant is liable hereunder.

5.2. Additional Taxes.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written invoice therefor, and in such manner and at such times as Landlord shall direct from time to time by written notice to Tenant, any excise, sales, privilege or other tax, assessment or other charge (other than income or franchise taxes) imposed, assessed or levied by any Governmental Authority or agency upon Landlord on account of: (a) the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder (or any other benefit received by Landlord hereunder), including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax, license fee or excise tax levied by any Governmental Authority, (b) this Lease, Landlord’s business as a lessor hereunder, and the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises (including, without limitation, any applicable possessory interest taxes), (c) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises, or (d) otherwise in respect of or as a result of the agreement or relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

6.1. Security Deposit – General.  Within five (5) days of the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit specified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Information.  Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood and agreed that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant.  The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability to Tenant for interest, and Landlord may commingle such deposit with any other funds held by Landlord.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, apply the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrears of Rent, and any other payment, damage, injury, expense or liability caused to Landlord by such Event of Default.  Following any application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s written demand therefor, the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to the amount thereof immediately prior to such application.  Subject to the requirements of, and conditions imposed by any and all Laws applicable to security deposits under commercial leases, Landlord shall, within the time required by such Laws, or if there is no such requirement, within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term of this Lease (or the earlier termination of this Lease), return to Tenant the portion (if any) of the Security Deposit remaining after deducting all damages, charges and other amounts owing by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease.  Landlord and Tenant agree that such deductions shall include, without limitation, all damages and losses that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it shall suffer as a result of any default under this Lease by Tenant.  In the event the provisions of any Laws applicable to security deposits under commercial leases, now or hereinafter in force, which restricts the amount or types of claims that a landlord may make upon a security deposit or imposes upon a landlord (or its successors) any obligation with respect to the handling or return of security deposits, conflict with the terms and conditions of this Section 6, the terms and conditions of this Section 6 shall govern (and Tenant hereby waives any provisions of any Laws applicable to security deposits under commercial leases that are in conflict with any of the terms and conditions of this Section 6).

6.2. Reduction of Security Deposit.  Provided that (a) on the date that is thirteen (13) months after the Commencement Date, there exists no uncured Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease or the [***] Lease and (b) not more than one (1) Event of Default shall have occurred under this Lease or the [***] Lease during the first thirteen (13) months of the Initial Term, then the Security Deposit shall be applied toward Base Rent due under this Lease in the thirteenth (13th) and fourteenth (14th) months of the Initial Term.

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

 

7. USE.

7.1. Permitted Use.  Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Use.  Any other use of the Premises is subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld or conditioned in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (a) Tenant shall not use the Premises, or permit the Premises to be used for any Conflicting Use and (b) Tenant may not provide MMR Services in the Premises or any other portion of the Building, or refer to the Premises as a “meet-me room”.  If, as a result of Tenant’s acts or omissions or failure to comply with the provisions of this Lease, the insurance rates for the Campus, the Datacenter, the Building or the Project shall be increased, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of any such increase within thirty (30) days after delivery of written invoice therefor by Landlord.  Tenant shall be responsible for any losses, costs or damages in the event that unauthorized parties gain access to the Premises, the Building or the Datacenter through access cards, keys or other access devices provided to Tenant by Landlord, unless Tenant has informed Landlord in writing of the loss (or other transfer) of the access mechanism and Landlord has failed to act to revoke access to that mechanism (e.g. removing access for a lost key card) within a reasonable period of time following written notification from Tenant.

7.2. Datacenter Rules and Regulations.  Tenant’s Permitted Use shall be subject to, and Tenant, and Tenant’s agents, employees and invitees shall comply fully with all requirements of the Datacenter Rules and Regulations.  Tenant shall abide by and faithfully and strictly observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, and shall further be responsible for the compliance by all other Tenant Parties with such Datacenter Rules and Regulations.  Landlord shall not enforce the Datacenter Rules and Regulations against Tenant in a discriminatory manner, but Landlord shall not be liable for any violation of such rules and regulations by any other tenant or occupant of the Campus, the Building or the Project.

7.3. Compliance with Laws; Hazardous Materials.

7.3.1. Compliance with Laws.  Except to the extent triggered by Tenant’s particular use and/or by Tenant’s Alterations, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall timely take all action required to (a) correct any failure of the Premises to comply with any Laws in effect as of the Commencement Date and (b) cause the Common Areas to comply with all applicable Laws, in each case when such compliance is required.  Except for any Landlord Installations or as set forth in the foregoing sentence, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall timely take all action required to cause the Premises (and to the extent triggered by Tenant’s particular use and/or by Tenant’s Alterations, Equipment, other Tenant’s Personal Property, other portions of the Datacenter and/or Building) to comply in all respects with all Laws affecting the Campus or the Project now or in the future applicable to the Premises and with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any applicable fire rating bureau or other organization performing a similar function.  Landlord represents and warrants that, to Landlord’s Knowledge, the construction and the operation of the Project comply in all respects with all Laws affecting the Project and with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any applicable laws.

7.3.2. Hazardous Materials.  No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled upon, about, in, at, above or beneath the Premises or any portion of the Campus, the Building or the Project by or on behalf of Tenant, or any other Tenant Parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of the Permitted Use may be used at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, but only in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (defined below) and only in a manner consistent with Institutional Owner Practices.  If any Hazardous Materials shall become present in, on, under or about (or shall be released from) the Premises, the Campus or the Project as a result of any act or omission of any Tenant Party, Tenant shall (a) take all actions (or at Landlord’s election, reimburse Landlord for taking all actions) necessary to restore the Campus or the Project (or the applicable portion thereof) to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials (notwithstanding any less stringent standards or remediation allowable under applicable Environmental Laws) and (b) shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all Claims arising out of or relating to the introduction, presence or release of such Hazardous Materials.

7.4. Electrical Power Threshold.  Tenant’s actual use of Critical Load Power in the Datacenter Space, as determined by the Electrical Metering Equipment, shall not at any time, exceed the Electrical Power Threshold.  All equipment (belonging to Tenant or otherwise) located within the Datacenter Space shall be included in the calculation of Tenant’s actual use of Critical Load Power in the Datacenter Space.  Tenant shall, upon receipt of written notice, promptly cease the use of any Equipment or other Tenant’s Personal Property that Landlord reasonably believes shall cause Tenant’s use of Critical Load Power in the Datacenter Space to exceed the Electrical Power Threshold.  If Tenant shall fail to reduce its use of Critical Load Power to a level that complies with the terms of this Section 7.4 within twenty-four (24) hours after receiving such a notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to disconnect power to the applicable circuit or circuits.

7.5. Structural Load.  Tenant shall not place a load upon the Datacenter Space exceeding the number of pounds of live load per square foot specified in Paragraph 5 of Part I of Exhibit “H”.  Any cabinets, cages or partitions installed in the Datacenter Space (whether installed by Landlord or by any Tenant Party) shall be included in the calculation of the live load.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

 

8. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD.

8.1. Services.  Beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term, Landlord shall provide (or cause to be provided) the following services with respect to the Premises, the Datacenter and/or the Building, as applicable:

8.1.1. Access Control.

8.1.1.1. Generally.  Landlord shall provide Landlord’s Access Control Systems.  Landlord disclaims any and all other responsibility or, obligation to provide additional access control (or any security) to the Building, the Datacenter, the Premises, or any portion of any of the above.  Landlord reserves the right, to be exercised by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, but without assuming any duty, to institute additional access control measures in order to further control and regulate access to the Building, the Datacenter or any part thereof.  Landlord shall not, under any circumstances, be responsible for providing or supplying security services to the Premises or any part of the Datacenter or the Building in excess of the Landlord’s Access Control Systems (and Landlord shall not under any circumstances be deemed to have agreed to provide any services in excess of the above specified Landlord’s Access Control Systems).  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep all Landlord Access Control Systems in good working order.  In the event that one or more systems is not working for whatever reason, with the result that such failure has a material adverse effect on the overall functionality of Landlord’s Access Control Systems and the security of the Premises, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of the issue and, if applicable, put in place another system or other reasonable mitigation to maintain adequate security of the Premises.

8.1.1.2. Access Lists.  Landlord shall require each Datacenter Tenant (defined below) to provide an access list (as updated and/or modified from time to time by the applicable Datacenter Tenant, a “Datacenter Tenant Access List”) designating employees of such Datacenter Tenant that are permitted to enter the Datacenter.  Each employee designated by each Datacenter Tenant on each Datacenter Tenant Access List shall receive a security authorization (an “Access Authorization”).  If any person seeking to gain access to the Datacenter (other than any Landlord Party) is not on a current Datacenter Tenant Access List, then such person shall be refused access to the Datacenter; provided that so long as an employee or representative of any Datacenter Tenant has escort authorization as specifically indicated on a current Datacenter Tenant Access List, such employee or representative of a Datacenter Tenant may escort any visitor including, without limitation, any vendor, supplier, partner, customer or visitor of the applicable Datacenter Tenant that is not on a Datacenter Tenant Access List to and/or within the Datacenter.  In no event shall Landlord permit any representative or employee of any Datacenter Tenant that does not have escort authorization to escort any person that is not on a Datacenter Tenant Access List to and/or within the Datacenter.  “Datacenter Tenant” means a tenant of the Datacenter (including Tenant).

8.1.1.3. Tenant shall be solely responsible for updating its Datacenter Tenant Access List (the “Tenant’s Access List”) and providing any changes to Landlord (and any such update shall become effective one (1) business day after the same is delivered to Landlord).  In any instance where any party seeking to access the Datacenter on behalf of Tenant is refused access to the Datacenter, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of such incident and cooperate with Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in connection with Tenant’s investigation of such incident.

8.1.2. Electricity.

8.1.2.1. Landlord shall furnish electricity to the UPSs and PDUs serving the Datacenter Space in accordance with the specifications set forth in Paragraph 1 of Part I of Exhibit “H” attached hereto.  The obligation of Landlord to so provide electricity shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the supplier of such electricity and of any Governmental Authorities regulating providers of electricity and shall be limited to providing the Electrical Power Threshold.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for all emergency, supplemental or back-up power systems (“Back-Up Power”) installed by Tenant or at Tenant’s direction in the Premises.

8.1.2.2. In addition, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain battery capacity in the UPS Plant for Tenant UPS Power as specified in Paragraph 2 of Part I of Exhibit “H”.  Landlord has and shall maintain a contract with a third party vendor to provide fuel to the fuel tanks of the Back Up Power Systems described in Paragraph 3 of Part I of Exhibit “H” (the “Back Up Power Systems”) for the duration of such interruption.  If any such interruption in electrical service was caused by any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, invitees or contractors, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in causing the Back Up Power Systems to provide electricity to the Building and/or Project (including, without limitation, the cost of fuel).

8.1.3. Datacenter Environment.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to: (a) maintain temperature in the Datacenter Space within the range specified in Item 4(a) of Part I of Exhibit “H” and (b) maintain relative humidity in the Datacenter Space within the range specified in Item 4(b) of Part I of Exhibit “H”.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

8.1.4. Other Services.  During the Term, Landlord shall provide access to the Building’s loading dock facilities twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, subject to prior coordination with Landlord and Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations for access to the Building’s loading dock facilities.

8.2. Interruption of Services.  Except as expressly provided in Part II of the Service Level Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “H”, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss, damage or expense of any type which Tenant may sustain or incur if the quantity or character of the utility provided electric service is changed, is no longer available, or is no longer suitable for Tenant’s requirements.  Except as expressly provided in Part II of the Service Level Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “H”, no interruption, failure or malfunction of any electrical or other service (including, without limitation, HVAC service or the Remote Hands Service) to the Premises (or to any other portion of the Datacenter, the Campus, the Building or the Project) shall, in any event: (a) constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, (b) constitute a breach by Landlord of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, (c) render Landlord liable for damages of any type or entitle Tenant to be relieved from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including the obligation to pay Rent), (d) grant Tenant any right of setoff or recoupment, (e) provide Tenant with any right to terminate this Lease, or (f) make Landlord liable for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or any punitive, incidental or consequential damages (of any type), whether foreseeable or not, whether arising from or relating to the making of or failure to make any repairs, alterations or improvements, or whether arising from or related to the provision of or failure to provide for or to restore any service in or to any portion of the Datacenter, the Campus, the Building or the Project.  In the event of any interruption of services, however, Landlord shall employ commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to restore such service or cause the same to be restored in any circumstances in which such restoration is within the reasonable control of Landlord and the interruption at issue was not caused in whole or in part by any action of Tenant.

8.3. Remote Hands.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide certain basic agreed-upon remote hands services to Tenant, which agreed-upon services shall be available on a 24 x 7 x 365 basis following a request by Tenant via Landlord’s designated customer portal (the “Remote Hands Service”).  The Remote Hands Service shall include routine maintenance and trouble-shooting tasks, such as power cycling, replacement/swapping of hardware, media loading/swapping, electrical and mechanical monitoring, infrastructure testing, circuit testing, cabling and wiring, troubleshooting of physical ports, racking and stacking of equipment, receiving and storing of equipment and entering commands according to instructions.  The Remote Hands Service may be provided by employees or contractors of Landlord at the discretion of Landlord, and Landlord may designate and/or change the procedure for submission of requests for Remote Hands Service from time to time with prior written notice.  Remote Hands Service shall be billed to Tenant on a hourly basis at the rates set forth below, which shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following the receipt of written invoice.  The current rates for the Remote Hands Service are as follows (with a two (2) hour minimum in each case): (a) during Landlord’s standard business hours with at least forty-eight (48) hours prior notice, $150.00/hour; (b) during Landlord’s standard business hours with less than forty-eight (48) hours prior notice, $175.00/hour; (c) outside of Landlord’s standard business hours with at least forty-eight (48) hours prior notice, $175.00/hour; and (d) outside of Landlord’s standard business hours with less than forty-eight (48) hours prior notice, $225.00/hour.  Landlord and Tenant agree that pricing for the Remote Hands Service set forth above is subject to increase upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant.

8.4. Acknowledgments.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) except to the extent expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any telecommunications services or managed services to Tenant under this Lease and (b) any services to be provided by Landlord hereunder may be performed on behalf of Landlord by an independent contractor or contractors retained by Landlord.

9. MAINTENANCE; ALTERATIONS.

9.1. Landlord Maintenance.  Landlord shall operate the Building, the Campus, and the Project in a manner consistent with Institutional Owner Practices.  In addition, Landlord shall maintain and keep in good repair: (a) the Pathway, (b) the Datacenter, including, Landlord’s Access Control Systems, HVAC, UPS Plant, DC Plant (if any), Back Up Power Systems, Fire Suppression Systems, common area cable management systems comprised of ladder racks, fiber trays, under-floor cable trays and other similar equipment installed for the benefit of all tenants of the Datacenter, (c) the floors and walls, foundation, exterior walls, roof and other structural components of the Building, (d) the heating, air conditioning and ventilation system serving the Building Common Areas (other than any of the same that exclusively serve any premises occupied by any tenant or occupant) and (e) the Building Common Areas.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that Landlord shall be responsible, under this Section 9.1, for the maintenance and repair (and when necessary, replacement) of all portions of the electrical systems and infrastructure serving the Premises “upstream” of and including the output circuit breakers for the PDUs serving the Datacenter Space.  Except as provided in this Section 9.1 (and Section 8.1.3, above), Landlord shall have no obligation to repair and/or maintain the Project, Building, Datacenter or Premises.

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

9.2. Tenant’s Maintenance.  During the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (a) maintain the Premises and Tenant’s Personal Property therein and maintain any Common Areas within the Datacenter that are used by Tenant in a clean, sightly, safe and good order and clean condition (and in at least as good order and clean condition as when Tenant took possession), ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) regularly remove all trash from the Premises.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that, Tenant shall be responsible, under this Section 9.2, for the maintenance and repair (and when necessary, replacement) of all portions of the electrical systems and infrastructure serving the Premises “downstream” of the output circuit breakers for the PDUs serving the Datacenter Space (including, without limitation, all RPPs, power distribution whips, receptacles, Tenant Datacenter Space Installations and other installations), whether provided as of the Commencement Date by Landlord or otherwise.  If Tenant or any other Tenant Party, including, but not limited to any of their technicians or representatives, physically damages the Campus, the Project, the Building, the Datacenter, the Meet Me Room or any portion of any of the above, or the personal property of any other tenant or occupant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the issue in writing.  If Tenant does not fully and adequately address the issue within five (5) business days, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform all necessary or appropriate maintenance and repair, and any amounts expended by Landlord in connection therewith, plus an administrative charge of ten percent (10%), shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written invoice therefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant’s failure to comply with this Section 9.2 may cause imminent loss, damage or harm to Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Campus, then Landlord shall not be obligated to give five (5) business days notice to Tenant and may immediately proceed with maintenance and repair of the issue in accordance with the foregoing sentence.

9.3. Alterations; Improvement Allowance.

9.3.1. Alterations.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, except for Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall not make or cause to be made any Alterations without the prior written consent and approval of Landlord, which consent and approval may be withheld, conditioned or delayed in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that:

9.3.1.1. Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Permitted Alterations (such that, by way of example only, Landlord’s consent would be required for the installation of overhead ladder racks that are attached to the ceiling, but Landlord’s consent would not be required for the installation of equipment which does not involve drilling into the floor or ceiling);

9.3.1.2. Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense and subject to Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications therefor and the contractors who shall perform such work, to: (a) install its own security system (“Tenant’s Security System”) within the Datacenter Space and (b) to integrate Tenant’s Security System and management systems into Landlord’s Building security system and Building management systems; provided, further that: (i) Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a copy of all key codes, access cards and other entry means and ensure that Landlord shall have access to the Datacenter Space at all times, (ii) Tenant shall ensure that Tenant’s Security System shall comply with all applicable Laws, and (iii) in no event shall Landlord be liable for the malfunctioning of Tenant’s Security System, except in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against all Claims arising or relating thereto; and

9.3.1.3. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than seven (7) business days’ prior written notice before commencing any Alterations (including, but not limited to, any Permitted Alterations) so as to permit Landlord to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility.  If reasonably required by Landlord within three (3) business days written notice prior to commencing any Alterations, Tenant shall also secure, prior to commencing any Alterations, at Tenant’s sole expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for such work.

9.3.2. Improvement Allowance.  Subject to the terms of this Section 9.3.2, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an improvement allowance of up to [***] in the aggregate (the “Improvement Allowance”) for Initial Alterations (defined below) completed by or on behalf of Tenant at Tenant’s cost pursuant to the terms of this Lease or the [***] Lease (excluding the purchase or installation of any Equipment or other Tenant’s Personal Property that is or may be removable by Tenant at the end of the Term pursuant to Section 13.2, below, unless expressly included within the definition of Tenant Datacenter Space Installations).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Improvement Allowance set forth in this Lease constitutes the same improvement allowance as set forth in the [***] Lease (not an additional improvement allowance) and may be used for either the Datacenter Space or the [***] Datacenter Space at Tenant’s election; provided, however, the Improvement Allowance shall be apportioned between the Datacenter Space and the [***] Datacenter Space based on the kW attributable to each space for purposes of the calculation of additional Base Rent.  The portion of the Improvement Allowance apportioned to the Datacenter Space as set forth in this Section 9.3.2 (a) shall be amortized over the Initial Term on a straight line basis with three percent (3%) increases on each anniversary of the Commencement Date and (b) shall be added to Base Rent payable during the Initial Term as set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information.  The Improvement Allowance shall be used as follows: 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

 

9.3.2.1. Landlord shall apply the Improvement Allowance toward the Tenant Installation Costs pursuant to Section 4.1.5, above.

 

9.3.2.2. If the Improvement Allowance is not full utilized pursuant to Section 9.3.2.1 above, then, during the period of time between completion of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations and the end of the first nine (9) months of the Initial Term, time being of the essence, Tenant may request, in which event Landlord shall provide within thirty (30) days thereafter, up to the entire amount of the unused Improvement Allowance to be used for additional Initial Alterations, on a reimbursement basis only, following delivery to Landlord of copies of all pertinent invoices, billing statements evidencing payment in full and executed unconditional waivers and releases of lien rights from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen providing services or materials for such Initial Alterations.  Following the first nine (9) months of the Initial Term, time being of the essence, any portion of the Improvement Allowance for which Tenant has not requested reimbursement or has not provided the requested documentation to Landlord as set forth herein shall be deemed to be forfeited by Tenant.

9.3.2.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Tenant be eligible to receive all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance if, on the date on which Tenant requests reimbursement for completed Initial Alterations, there shall be an uncured Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease or if more than two (2) Events of Default shall have occurred during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant requests reimbursement hereunder.

9.3.2.4. For purposes of this Section 9.3.2, the term “Initial Alterations” shall mean all initial installations and Alterations needed for Tenant to begin using the Premises for the Permitted Use (including, without limitation, the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations), as determined by Landlord in its discretion.

9.3.2.5. Following the first nine (9) months of the Initial Term, the calculation of additional Base Rent for the Improvement Allowance as set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information shall be appropriately adjusted by Landlord upon written notice to Tenant based on the portion of the Improvement Allowance that was utilized by or on behalf of Tenant with respect to the Datacenter Space pursuant to this Section 9.3.2.

9.3.2.6. If this Lease terminates for any reason prior to the conclusion of the Initial Term and full payment to Landlord of the Base Rent for the Improvement Allowance as set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information, then Tenant shall pay the unpaid amount thereof to Landlord in a lump sum as Additional Rent within ten (10) days following receipt of an invoice.  The Improvement Allowance granted to Tenant pursuant to this Section 9.3.2 is personal to the Original Tenant.

9.4. Tenant’s Vendors.  Landlord agrees that Tenant may contract with: (a) any licensed third party electrical contractor for the installation and maintenance of electrical interconnections specific to Tenant’s Personal Property located within the Premises, (b) any licensed third party contractor for the installation of cabinets, racks and low voltage cooper and fiber optic communications infrastructure within the Premises, and (c) any reputable vendor to provide remote-hands and other technical contract services at the Premises in connection with the day-to-day operation of Tenant’s business; provided that: (i) Landlord must approve in writing any third party vendor that provides electrical, construction, and other technical contract services to Tenant at the Premises or Building before any such vendor may enter the Building or Premises (provided that any such approval of any such vendor shall not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) all third party vendors must agree to and follow all Landlord rules, policies and procedures that are established for like services, including strict adherence to any local seismic and ADA regulations and the Datacenter Rules and Regulations.

9.5. Encumbrances.  Tenant shall pay when due all costs for work performed and materials supplied to the Premises.  Tenant shall keep Landlord, the Premises, the Datacenter, the Building, the Project, the Campus and Tenant’s leasehold interest free from Encumbrances (and it is understood and agreed that Tenant has no right under this Lease to create or permit any Encumbrance to be established), and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, the Premises, the Building, the Campus and the Project of and from any and all Claims arising out of or related to any Encumbrances.  Tenant shall satisfy or otherwise discharge all Encumbrances within ten (10) business days after Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that any such lien, stop notice, claim or encumbrance has been filed.

10. CASUALTY; TAKING.

10.1. Casualty.

10.1.1. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing (a “Damage Notice”) of any fire or other casualty event, damage or condition of the Premises to which this Section 10.1 is or may be applicable (a “Casualty”).  Following receipt of a Damage Notice (or Landlord’s discovery of any damage caused by a Casualty (“Casualty Damage”)), Landlord shall have the right to elect, in Landlord’s sole 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

and absolute discretion, to either (a) terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice thereof to Tenant within ninety (90) days following Landlord’s discovery of such Casualty or (b) to continue this Lease in effect; provided that Landlord shall have no right to so terminate this Lease unless: (i) such damage renders fifty percent (50%) or more of the Premises unusable, (ii) the Estimated Restoration period (defined below) exceeds one hundred eight (180) days, (iii) the cost of the Restoration (defined below) is not fully covered by insurance proceeds available to Landlord (with the exception of any deductible that is the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to the terms of its insurance policy) or (iv) the Holder of any Security Document requires any insurance proceeds with respect to such Casualty to be applied to the outstanding balance of the obligation secured by such Security Document.  If Tenant notifies Landlord that it is prevented from using the Premises for the Permitted Use as a result of any Casualty Damage, then Landlord shall within twenty (20) days thereafter provide written notice (the “Restoration Notice”) to Tenant setting forth the period of time (the “Estimated Restoration Period”) that Landlord reasonably believes shall be required to complete the Restoration (defined below) with respect to the Premises to the extent necessary to allow Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use (the “Premises Restoration”).  If the Estimated Restoration Period is more than ninety (90) days following the date of Tenant’s notice, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, but only on the condition that Tenant delivers written notice of termination to Landlord on or before the day that is ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Restoration Notice.  In addition, if Landlord shall fail to complete the Premises Restoration, on or before the date that is sixty (60) days after the last day of the Estimated Restoration Period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, but only on the condition that Tenant delivers written notice of termination to Landlord on or before the day that is ten (10) business days after the date that is sixty (60) days after the last day of the Estimated Restoration Period.

10.1.2. Unless this Lease is terminated in accordance with Section 10.1.1, above, Landlord shall begin to repair the Casualty Damage to the Building, the Datacenter and the Premises promptly after its discovery of any Casualty Damage (subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Section 10.1) and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore (the “Restoration”) the Building, the Datacenter and the Premises to substantially the same condition as it existed before such Casualty, except for modifications required by applicable Laws and modifications that are deemed desirable by Landlord and that are consistent with Institutional Owner Practices; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of any Tenant’s Personal Property or any Alterations made by Tenant (all of which shall be promptly repaired, restored and/or replaced by Tenant).  Landlord shall have no liability for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to Tenant’s business as a result of any Casualty, or the Restoration, regardless of the cause therefor.  Base Rent shall abate if and to the extent Tenant ceases to use a material portion of the Datacenter Space that was damaged by a Casualty and rendered unfit for use for the Permitted Use as a result thereof, for the period of time commencing on the date Tenant stops using such damaged portion of the Datacenter Space and continuing until the Premises Restoration is substantially complete (as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect).

10.1.3. Landlord and Tenant agree that the provisions of this Section 10.1 and the remaining provisions of this Lease shall exclusively govern the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any Casualty, and Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each and all of their respective common law and statutory rights inconsistent herewith, whether now or hereinafter in effect.

10.2. Taking.  If the whole or a material portion of the Premises, the Datacenter, the Campus, the Building or the Project shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold to prevent the exercise thereof (collectively, a “Taking”), this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the earlier of the date of transfer of title resulting from such Taking or the date of transfer of possession resulting from such Taking (the “Taking Date”).  In the event of a Taking of: (a) such portion of the Datacenter the Building or the Project as shall, in the opinion of Landlord, substantially interfere with Landlord’s operation thereof, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant given at any time prior to the date that is sixty (60) days following the Taking Date or (b) such portion of the Premises, the Datacenter, the Campus, the Building or the Project as shall prevent Tenant from conducting Tenant’s business in any portion of the Premises, for a period of time in excess of ninety (90) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord given at any time prior to the date that is sixty (60) days following the Taking Date.  If a portion of the Premises is so taken and this Lease is not terminated: (i) Landlord shall, with reasonable diligence and at Landlord’s cost (to the extent of the condemnation award received by Landlord), proceed to restore (to the extent permitted by applicable Laws) the Premises and the Building (other than Tenant’s Personal Property) to a complete, functioning unit and (ii) the Base Rent payable hereunder shall be reduced proportionately based on the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using for the Permitted Use as a result of such Taking.  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Section 10.2, the entire award for any Taking shall belong to Landlord (without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant), except that Tenant shall be entitled to independently pursue a separate award for the loss of, or damage to, Tenant’s Personal Property and Tenant’s relocation costs directly associated with the Taking (but Tenant shall not otherwise assert any claim against Landlord or the condemning authority).  No temporary Taking (for less than ninety (90) days) of the Premises, the Datacenter, the Campus, the Building or the Project (or any portion thereof) shall terminate this Lease or entitle Tenant to any abatement of the Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that any award for any such temporary Taking shall belong to Tenant, but only to the extent that the award applies to any time period during the Term of this Lease.  This Section 10.2 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a Taking, and each of Landlord and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any Laws to the contrary.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

11.1. Transfers.

11.1.1. Except as expressly provided in Section 11.1.2, below, Tenant shall not make any Transfer without first obtaining Landlord’s express prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease (and without limiting Landlord’s rights to reasonably withhold its consent for any other reason or reasons), Tenant expressly covenants and agrees that Landlord’s consent shall be deemed reasonably withheld if, in Landlord’s good faith judgment: (a) the proposed Transferee does not have the financial strength (taking into account all of the Transferee’s other actual or potential obligations and liabilities) to perform its obligations with respect to the proposed Transfer (or otherwise does not satisfy Landlord’s standards for financial standing with respect to tenants under direct leases of comparable economic scope); (b) the proposed Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building, the Campus and the Project or the business and operations of the proposed Transferee are not of comparable quality to the business and operations being conducted by direct tenants of Landlord (and its Affiliates) in the Campus and the Project; (c) the proposed Transferee has the power of eminent domain, is a governmental agency or an agency or subdivision of a foreign government; (d) the proposed Transferee intends to use any part of the Premises for a purpose not permitted under this Lease; (e) either the proposed Transferee, or any Affiliate of the proposed Transferee is a competitor of Landlord; (f) at the time Tenant delivers the Transfer Notice, there exists an uncured Event of Default; (g) the proposed Transfer would cause Landlord (or any of its Affiliates) to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord (or any of its Affiliates) is a party or would give an occupant of the Project or the Campus a right to cancel or modify its lease; (h) any ground lessor or mortgagee whose consent to such Transfer is required fails to consent thereto; or (i) the use of the Premises, the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus or the Project by the proposed Transferee would increase security risk, or require any alterations to the Datacenter (other than normal improvements within the Premises such as electrical work downstream of the PDU, rack installations, etc.), the Building, the Campus or the Project to comply with applicable Laws.  No Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer), whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, shall be valid or effective without Landlord’s prior written consent and, at Landlord’s election, any Transfer or attempted Transfer shall constitute an Event of Default of this Lease.

11.1.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall, upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice to Landlord (along with any relevant information as may be required hereunder), make a Permitted Transfer, without the consent of Landlord (and without being subject to Sections 11.2 and 11.3, below).

11.2. Notice to Landlord.  If Tenant desires to make any Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer), then at least twenty (20) business days (but no more than one hundred eighty (180) days) prior to the proposed effective date of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord: (a) a Transfer Request and such other information and materials as Landlord may reasonably request (and if Landlord requests such additional information or materials, the Transfer Notice shall not be deemed to have been received until Landlord receives such additional information or materials) and (b) two (2) originals of the proposed assignment, sublease or other Transfer on a form reasonably approved by Landlord and two (2) originals of the Landlord’s standard form of “Assignment and Assumption of Lease and Consent” or “Consent to Sublease” or other Transfer documentation executed by Tenant and the proposed Transferee.  If Tenant modifies any of the terms and conditions relevant to a proposed Transfer specified in the Transfer Notice, Tenant shall re-submit such Transfer Notice to Landlord for its consent pursuant to all of the terms and conditions of this Article 11.

11.3. Landlord’s Recapture Rights.  Except with regard to a Permitted Transfer, at any time within twenty (20) business days after Landlord’s receipt of all (but not less than all) of the information and documents described in Section 11.2, above, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation), exercisable by written notice to Tenant, to elect to cancel and terminate this Lease effective as of the proposed effective date of the proposed Transfer.

11.4. Landlord’s Costs.  With respect to each Transfer proposed to be consummated by Tenant, whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay all Review Expenses within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

11.5. No Release; Subsequent Transfers.  Subject to Section 11.6 below, no Transfer (whether or not a Permitted Transfer) shall release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder.  In no event shall the acceptance of any payment by Landlord from any other person be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof.  Consent by Landlord to one Transfer shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer.  Subject to Section 11.6 below, in the event of breach by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor.  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual termination thereof shall not work as a 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, either: (i) terminate all and any existing agreements effecting a Transfer, or (ii) operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest under any or all such agreements.

11.6. Release of Tenant Upon Assignment.  If Tenant requests to be released (the “Release”) from its obligations under this Lease upon full assignment of this Lease, the following shall apply: Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (a) written notice and (b) documentation which demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that (i) Tenant is making an assignment of this Lease to a Transferee in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 11, (ii) the Transferee is expressly assuming in writing Tenant’s obligations under this Lease to the extent accrued from and after the effective date of the assignment, (iii) the assignor intends to be released from its obligations under this Lease to the extent the same are assumed by the Transferee and (iv) the Transferee is Financially Capable (as defined below) of performing the obligations of Tenant under this Lease to the extent the same are assumed by the Transferee for the remaining Term.  When Tenant delivers all such documentation to Landlord, the Transferee shall then be subject to Landlord’s reasonable evaluation as to whether the Transferee is Financially Capable of performing the obligations of Tenant under this Lease to the extent the same are assumed by the Transferee for the remaining Term.  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s receipt of the documents described in items (i) and (ii), above, that Landlord either (A) approves the Release, or (B) disapproves the Release.  If Landlord disapproves the Release, Landlord’s notice of disapproval shall set forth in reasonable detail the grounds for such disapproval.  Upon Landlord’s written approval of the Release, Tenant shall be relieved of its then unaccrued obligations under this Lease as of the date of the Release.  “Financially Capable” means that the Transferee has the financial wherewithal to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  If the Transferee has a tangible net worth as determined by generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (as set forth in the financial statements of the Transferee audited by an independent certified public accountant) of Five Hundred Million and 00/100 U.S. Dollars (US $500,000,000.00) or more and has a minimum bond credit rating of Ba1 from Moody’s Investors Service or BB+ from Standard & Poor’s, the Transferee shall be deemed to be Financially Capable.

12. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

12.1. Nondisturbance, Subordination and Attornment.  This Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subordinate to the interests of all Security Instruments.  Such subordination shall be effective without the necessity of the execution by Tenant of any additional document for the purpose of evidencing or effecting such subordination.  In addition, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such Security Instruments to this Lease and in such case, in the event of the termination or transfer of Landlord’s estate or interest in the Building, the Project or the Campus by reason of any termination or foreclosure of any such Security Instruments, Tenant shall, notwithstanding such subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord at the option of such successor in interest.  Furthermore, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days of demand therefor execute any instruments or other documents in form reasonably approved by Tenant which may reasonably be required by Landlord or the Holder of any Security Instrument and specifically shall execute, acknowledge and deliver within ten (10) business days of demand therefor a subordination of lease or subordination of deed of trust, in the form required by the Holder of the Security Instrument requesting the document, provided that either (i) such subordination of lease or subordination of deed of trust contains non-disturbance language or (ii) the Holder of any such Security Instrument executes and delivers to Tenant a non- disturbance agreement..  If requested to do so, and expressly conditioned upon the Holder of any such Security Instrument complying with either clause (i) or clause (ii) in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease any superior lessor, superior mortgagee or other purchaser or person taking title to the Building by reason of the termination of any superior lease or the foreclosure of any superior mortgage or deed of trust, and Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of demand therefor execute any instruments or other documents which may be required by Landlord or the Holder of any such Security Instrument to evidence the attornment described in this Section 12.1.

12.2. Estoppel Certificates.  At any time and from time to time, within ten (10) business days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying all matters reasonably requested by Landlord or any current or prospective purchaser or Holder of any Security Document.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it understands that any statement delivered (or to be delivered) pursuant to this Section 12.2 may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the Building, the Project or the Campus (or the Landlord) or by any prospective mortgagee, ground lessor or other like encumbrancer thereof or any assignee of any such encumbrance upon the Building, the Project or the Campus.  Tenant’s failure to deliver the statement within the ten (10) business day period specified above shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and that Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim or deduction against any fees or other charges due Landlord hereunder, and that no more than one month’s fees or other charges due hereunder have been paid in advance.

12.3. Financial Statements.  So long as Tenant is a publicly traded company, Tenant shall not be required to provided Landlord with financial statements, and such financial statements that are publicly available as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by Tenant or publicly available on Tenant’s investor relations website shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Section 12.3.  In the event that Tenant is not a publicly traded company at any time during this Lease, then, in such event, Tenant shall, upon ten (10) business 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

days’ prior notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with then current financial statements and financial statements for each of the two (2) years prior to the then current calendar year for Tenant.  Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and, if audited in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant (and if not so audited, shall be certified as true and correct by the appropriate officer of Tenant).

13. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER.

13.1. Tenant’s Method of Surrender.  Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 13, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good working order and clean condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and with all of the items described in Section 13.2 below removed from the Premises.

13.2. Removal and Restoration.  All Alterations shall become a part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall, by written notice given to Tenant, require Tenant to remove some or all of Tenant’s Alterations.  Tenant agrees that, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant (or, failing which, a contractor designated by Landlord) shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly remove: (a) all of Tenant’s Alterations designated for removal by Landlord and (b) all of Tenant’s Personal Property (and any other items of equipment and personal property not belonging to Landlord), and shall restore those portions of the Building, the Datacenter and/or the Premises damaged by such removal of (or by the initial installation of) such Tenant’s Alterations and Tenant’s Personal Property to their condition immediately prior to the installation or placement of such items, normal wear and tear excepted.  If Tenant fails to promptly remove any such Tenant’s Alterations or Tenant’s Personal Property (and/or any other equipment or property not belonging to Landlord) pursuant to this Section 13.2, Landlord shall have the right to remove such Tenant’s Alterations and/or Tenant’s Personal Property (and/or other equipment or property not belonging to Landlord) and to restore those portions of the Building, the Datacenter, and/or the Premises damaged by such removal to their condition immediately prior to the installation or placement of such Tenant’s Alterations and/or Tenant’s Personal Property (and/or other equipment or property not belonging to Landlord), in which case Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written invoice therefor, for all of Landlord’s costs of removal and restoration plus an administrative fee equal to ten percent (10%) of such cost.  In addition, if any Tenant’s Personal Property (and/or any other equipment or property not belonging to Landlord) remains in the Premises after the expiration of or any earlier termination of Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, and Tenant fails to remove or recover from Landlord such property within ten (10) business days after written notice to Tenant, Tenant shall be deemed to have authorized Landlord to make such disposition of such property as Landlord may desire without liability for compensation or damages to Tenant in the event that such property is the property of Tenant; and in the event that such property is the property of someone other than Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from all Claims arising out of, in connection with, or in any manner related to any removal, exercise or dominion over and/or disposition of such property by Landlord.

13.3. Holding Over.  If Tenant fails to surrender the entire Premises in accordance with this Lease (including, without limitation, Sections 13.1 and 13.2, above), or otherwise holds possession of the Premises (or any portion thereof) after the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease with respect thereto, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon all of the terms contained herein, except as to term and Base Rent.  During such holdover period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly Base Rent at the Holdover Base Rental Rate.  The monthly Base Rent payable for such holdover period shall in no event be construed as a penalty or as liquidated damages for such retention of possession.  Neither any provision hereof nor any acceptance by Landlord of any rent after any such expiration or earlier termination shall be deemed a consent to any holdover hereunder or result in a renewal of this Lease or an extension of the Term, or any waiver of any of Landlord’s rights or remedies with respect to such holdover.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims (including, without limitation, all lost profits and other consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and court costs) incurred or suffered by or asserted against Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

14. WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.

14.1. Waiver.  Except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, Tenant hereby waives all claims and causes of action against Landlord and all of the other Landlord Parties for any damage to persons or property (including, without limitation, loss of profits and intangible property) in any way relating to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

14.2. Indemnification.

14.2.1. Except to the extent caused by the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord and the other Landlord Parties harmless from and against (and to reimburse Landlord and the other Landlord Parties for) any and all Claims arising from, in connection with, or in any manner relating to (or alleged to arise from, to be in connection with, or to be in any manner related to): (a) the use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion of the Datacenter, the Building or the Project by Tenant or any other Tenant Party), (b) the acts or omissions of Tenant or any Tenant Party, (c) any Event of Default of this Lease by Tenant, (d) the content of any communications transmitted (directly or indirectly) to, through or by Tenant or any other Tenant Party or any of its (or their) Equipment or other Tenant’s Personal Property and connections, and interconnections, or (e) any dispute, litigation or other proceedings between Tenant or any other Tenant Party and any third party, including, but not limited to, any claims by any third parties that relate in any manner to the use of the Premises, the content of any communications transmitted (directly or indirectly) to, through or by Tenant or any other Tenant Party and/or the business operations of Tenant or any other Tenant Party.  If any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord or any other Landlord Party by reason of any such Claim, upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall defend such action or proceeding at Tenant’s cost and expense by counsel reasonably approved by Landlord.

14.2.2. Subject to Section 16.2 below and except to the extent caused by any matter against which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Landlord under this Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Tenant and the other Tenant Parties from and against (and to reimburse Tenant and the other Tenant Parties) for any and all Claims to the extent arising from or in connection with (or alleged to arise from, to be in connection with) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any other Landlord Party.  If any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant or any other Tenant Party by reason of any such Claim, upon written notice from Tenant, Landlord shall defend such action or proceeding at Landlord’s cost and expense by counsel reasonably approved by Tenant.

14.2.3. Nothing contained in this Section 14.2 shall be interpreted or used to in any way affect, limit, reduce or abrogate any insurance coverage provided by any insurer to either Tenant or Landlord.

14.3. Tenant’s Insurance.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, procure and maintain throughout the Term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance in accordance with the terms and requirements set forth in Exhibit “F” to this Lease.  Tenant hereby waives its rights against the Landlord Parties with respect to any claims, damages or losses (including any claims for bodily injury to persons and/or damage to property) which are caused by or result from: (a) risks insured against under any insurance policy carried by Tenant at the time of such claim, damage, loss or injury, or (b) risks which would have been covered under any insurance required to be obtained and maintained by Tenant under this Lease had such insurance been obtained and maintained as required.  The foregoing waivers shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, any other waivers or releases contained in this Lease.  For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord shall not be obligated to carry insurance on Tenant’s Personal Property.

14.4. Landlord’s Insurance.  During the Term, Landlord agrees to carry and maintain “all risk” property insurance (with full replacement cost coverage) covering the Project, the Building and Landlord’s property therein.  For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord shall not be obligated to carry insurance on Tenant’s Personal Property.

15. TENANT DEFAULT.

15.1. Events of Default.  Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or occurrences shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

15.1.1. Any failure or refusal by Tenant to timely pay any Rent, or any portion thereof, if such failure or refusal continues for five (5) business days following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of written notice of such failure or refusal.

15.1.2. Any failure or refusal by Tenant to perform or observe any other covenant or condition of this Lease (including, without limitation, in the Datacenter Rules and Regulations) to be performed or observed by Tenant (other than those described in Section 15.1.1, above or Sections 15.1.3, 15.1.4, or 15.1.5, below) if such failure or refusal continues for a period of ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of written notice of such failure or refusal; provided, however, that in the event Tenant’s failure or refusal to perform or observe any covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant cannot reasonably be cured within ten (10) business days following written notice to Tenant, no Event of Default shall occur if Tenant commences to cure such failure or refusal within the ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the curing thereof to completion within sixty (60) days following such written notice.

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

15.1.3. Any failure or refusal by Tenant to execute and deliver any statement or document described in Article 12 that is requested to be so executed and delivered by Landlord within the time periods specified in Article 12 applicable thereto, if such failure continues for three (3) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of written notice of such failure.

15.1.4. The filing or execution or occurrence of any one of the following: (a) a petition in bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding by or against Tenant, (b) a petition or answer seeking relief under any provision of the Bankruptcy Act, (c) an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (d) a petition or other proceeding by or against Tenant for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or any of Tenant’s property, or (e) a proceeding by any Governmental Authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any other instance whereby Tenant or any general partner of Tenant shall cease doing business as a going concern.

15.1.5. Any default by Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant under any other lease or agreement with Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord, now existing or hereafter entered into, including, without limitation, the [***] Lease, that continues beyond the applicable notice and cure period that is set forth in such other lease or agreement, provided that such lease or agreement is invoiced on one form with either this Lease or the [***] Lease.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all of the notice periods provided in this Section 15.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, the notice requirements of any Laws.

15.2. Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the remedies described in Paragraph 1 of Exhibit “G” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, each and all of which shall, subject to applicable law, be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever (and all of the other provisions of Paragraph 1 of Exhibit “G” shall apply to an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder).

16. LANDLORD DEFAULT; LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.

16.1. Landlord Default.  Landlord’s failure to perform or observe any of its obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease (a “Landlord Default”) if such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days (or the additional time, if any, that is reasonably necessary promptly and diligently to cure the failure) after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant specifying the default, which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the failure and shall identify the Lease provision(s) containing the obligation(s) in question.  Before pursuing any remedy for any alleged Landlord Default, Tenant shall give each Notified Party written notice of such alleged Landlord Default, and each Notified Party shall thereafter have thirty (30) days within which to cure or correct such alleged Landlord Default (or if such failure cannot be cured or corrected within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure or correct such alleged Landlord Default, not to exceed ninety (90) days).  Subject to the remaining provisions of this Lease, following the occurrence of any such Landlord Default, Tenant shall have the right to pursue any remedy available under Law for such default by Landlord; provided, however, that in no case shall Tenant have any right to terminate this Lease on account of any such Landlord Default.

16.2. Landlord’s Liability.  In consideration of the benefits accruing under this Lease to Tenant and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of the Lease Documents, it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties to this Lease that: (a) the recourse of Tenant or its successors or assigns against Landlord (and the liability of Landlord to Tenant, its successors and assigns) with respect to any actual or alleged breach by Landlord of (or that is otherwise related to) Landlord’s Lease Undertakings shall be limited solely to an amount equal to Landlord’s equity interest in the Building; (b) Tenant shall have no recourse against any other assets of the Landlord Parties; (c) except to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building (to the extent provided above), no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlord’s Lease Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, any of the Landlord Parties, and (d) at no time shall Landlord be responsible or liable to Tenant for any lost profits, lost economic opportunities or any form of consequential damages as the result of any actual or alleged breach by Landlord of (or that is otherwise related to) Landlord’s Lease Undertakings.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

 

16.3. Landlord not Responsible for Content.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, it is understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for the content of any communications transmitted via third party services.  Landlord does not operate or control the information, services, opinions or other content of third party services that may utilize equipment in the Project, the Campus, the Building or the Datacenter or provide services therein.  Tenant agrees that it shall make no Claim whatsoever against Landlord that in any manner relates to the content of any such services or with respect to any information, product, service or software ordered through or provided by virtue of such third party services.

17. MISCELLANEOUS.

17.1. Incorporation of Exhibits.  All of the terms and conditions of all of the Exhibits to this Lease are hereby incorporated into this Lease.

17.2. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Successors; Survival.  This Lease, along with any Lease Documents attached hereto or referred to herein, all of which are hereby incorporated into this Lease by this reference, contains all of the agreements and understandings relating to the leasing or use of the Premises, the Meet Me Room and the Datacenter and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant in connection with such leasing and/or use.  Landlord has not made, and Tenant is not relying upon, any warranties, or representations, promises or statements made by Landlord or any agent of Landlord, except as expressly set forth herein.  This Lease supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between Landlord and Tenant and alone expresses the agreement of the parties with respect to the leasing or use of the Premises, the Meet Me Room and the Datacenter and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant in connection with such leasing and/or use.  This Lease shall not be amended, changed or modified in any way unless in writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.  Neither party shall have waived or released any of its rights hereunder unless in writing and executed by the waiving party.  Except as expressly provided herein, this Lease and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant contained herein shall bind or inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any Transfer by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 11.  Any obligations of a party accruing prior to the expiration of this Lease shall survive the termination of this Lease, and such party shall promptly perform all such obligations whether or not this Lease has expired.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that the following provisions of the Lease shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease: Article 5 (Taxes on Tenant’s Personal Property; Other Taxes), Article 6 (Security Deposit); Section 7.3.2 (Hazardous Materials), Section 9.5 (Encumbrances), Article 13 (Surrender of Premises; Holding Over), Section 14.1 (Waiver), Section 14.2 (Indemnity), Section 16.2 (Landlord’s Liability), Section 16.3 (Landlord not Responsible for Content), Section 17.9 (Governing Law), Section 17.11 (Attorneys’ Fees and Costs), Section 17.12 (Waiver of Right to Jury Trial), Section 17.16 (Brokers), and Paragraphs 3 and 4 of Exhibit “E”.

17.3. Interpretation.  Tenant acknowledges that it has read and reviewed this Lease and that it has had the opportunity to confer with counsel in the negotiation of this Lease.  Accordingly, this Lease shall be construed neither for nor against Landlord or Tenant, but shall be given a fair and reasonable interpretation in accordance with the meaning of its terms and the intent of the parties.  All captions, headings, titles, numerical references and computer highlighting are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of this Lease.  All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include the appropriate number and gender, as the context may require.  Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant are separate and independent covenants of Tenant, and not dependent on any other provision of this Lease.  Time is of the essence of this Lease and the performance of all obligations hereunder.  In the event any provision of this Lease is found to be unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected, and any provision found to be invalid shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law.  The parties agree that in the event two different interpretations may be given to any provision hereunder, one of which shall render the provision unenforceable, and one of which shall render the provision enforceable, the interpretation rendering the provision enforceable shall be adopted.

17.4. No Partnership or Joint Venture; No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to create the relationship of principal and agent, or partnership, or joint venturer, or any other relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than landlord and tenant.  Landlord shall have no obligations hereunder to any person or entity other than Tenant or any person or entity claiming through Tenant, and no other parties shall have any rights hereunder as against Landlord.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that Persons that are Landlord Parties are intended third party beneficiaries of and shall have the right to enforce Sections 14.1.1, 14.2.1, 14.3 and 16.2 above.

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

17.5. Notices.  Except as provided in Section 17.6 below, any notice which may or shall be given under the provisions of this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered: (a) by hand delivery or personal service, (b) by a reputable overnight courier service which provides evidence of delivery, (c) by electronic mail and (d) by telecopy (so long, in the case of electronic mail or telecopy, as a confirming copy is forwarded by a reputable overnight courier service within twenty-four (24) hours thereafter), if to Landlord, to the Building office and at the address specified in Exhibit “B”, or if to Tenant, at the address specified in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Information, or at such other addresses as either party may have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Such address may be changed from time to time by either party by giving notice as provided herein.  Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time the same was received (or at the time delivery was rejected).  If the term Tenant as used in this Lease refers to more than one (1) Person and notice given as aforesaid to any one of such Persons shall be deemed to have been duly given to Tenant.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any Legal Notices shall only be required to be delivered or otherwise transmitted to Tenant at the Premises (whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned or departed from the same), provided that Landlord shall promptly send a courtesy copy of any such Legal Notices to Tenant at any other address for notice Tenant shall have provided to Landlord.  Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time the same was received (or at the time delivery was rejected).

17.6. Critical Response Notifications.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if (a) any breach of security in the Premises shall occur or (b) any service interruption shall occur (a “Critical Response Notice Event”), then: (i) Tenant shall immediately provide notice to Landlord: (A) via telephone to Landlord’s facility manager at [***] and (B) via email to [***], or such other number and/or email address as Landlord shall from time to time notify Tenant in writing (“Landlord’s Emergency Contacts”) and (ii) unless Tenant shall have previously received notice of such Critical Response Notice Event, Landlord shall immediately provide notice to Tenant: (A) via telephone at [***] and (B) via email to [***] or such other number(s) and/or email address(es) as Tenant shall from time to time notify Landlord in writing (“Tenant’s Emergency Contacts”).

17.7. Force Majeure.  A party shall incur no liability to the other party with respect to, and shall not be responsible for any failure to perform, any of its obligations hereunder if such failure is caused by any reason beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform such obligations, including, but not limited to, strike, labor trouble, governmental rule, regulations, ordinance, or statute, or by fire, earthquake, or civil commotion (collectively, “Force Majeure”).  For the avoidance of doubt, Force Majeure shall not include interruptions in business processes that can be resumed with minimal effort such as accessing the Internet or other business tools from locations other than the business address.  The amount of time for a party to perform any of its obligations (other than payment obligations) shall be extended by the amount of time it is delayed in performing such obligation by reason or any force majeure occurrence whether similar to or different from the foregoing types of occurrences.

17.8. Transfer of Landlord’s Interest.  Landlord and each successor to Landlord shall be fully released from the performance of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease Documents upon their transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Project to a third party except for any obligations that accrued prior to the date of transfer.  Landlord shall not be liable for any obligation under the Lease Documents after a transfer of its interest in the Project and Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease for all obligations and liabilities accruing on or after the date of such transfer provided that the transferee assumes in writing all of Landlord’s ongoing obligations under this Lease arising on or after the date of such transfer.  If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord’s successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.  In addition, subject to the terms set forth herein, it is understood and agreed that Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to assign its interest in this Lease in whole or, to a wholly owned subsidiary, in part.

17.9. Prohibition Against Recording.  Neither this Lease nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect to (or evidencing the existence of) this Lease shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

17.10. Governing Law.  This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State.  It is mutually agreed that in the event Landlord commences any summary proceeding for non-payment of Rent, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim (other than any compulsory counterclaims) of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding.  The foregoing shall not be construed to prevent Tenant from bringing a separate action related to such counterclaims.  In addition, Tenant hereby submits to local jurisdiction in the State and agrees that any action by Tenant against Landlord shall be instituted in the State and that Landlord shall have personal jurisdiction over Tenant for any action brought by Landlord against Tenant in the State.

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

 

17.11. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs.  If either Landlord or Tenant shall commence any action or other proceeding against the other arising out of, or relating to, this Lease or the Premises, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to make a claim for its reasonable attorneys’ fees in the event that the non-prevailing Party’s position in such dispute is deemed to be specious or frivolous.

17.12. Waiver of Right to Jury Trial.  IN ORDER TO LIMIT THE COST OF RESOLVING ANY DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES, AND AS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH EXPRESSLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY TRIAL HELD AS A RESULT OF A CLAIM ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR IN ANY MANNER RELATED TO THIS LEASE IN WHICH LANDLORD AND TENANT ARE ADVERSE PARTIES.  THE FILING OF A CROSS-COMPLAINT BY ONE AGAINST THE OTHER IS SUFFICIENT TO MAKE THE PARTIES “ADVERSE.”

17.13. Access by Landlord.  Landlord, Landlord’s agents and employees shall have the right to enter upon any and all parts of the Premises at any reasonable time upon prior reasonable oral or written notice (except in the case of an emergency, when no prior notice shall be required but Tenant shall be notified of such entry as soon after as is practical, or as otherwise set forth below) to examine the condition thereof, to clean, to make any repairs, alterations or additions required to be made by Landlord hereunder, to determine whether Tenant is complying with all of its obligations under this Lease, to exercise any of Landlord’s rights or remedies hereunder and for any other reasonable purpose necessary to comply with Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  Landlord shall notify Tenant (and allow Tenant reasonable opportunity to arrange a Tenant escort) of Landlord’s intention to show the Premises to prospective purchasers or prospective or current mortgage lenders (or, during the last nine (9) months of this Lease, to prospective tenants, provided that Landlord shall seek Tenant’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, prior to Landlord entering the Premises to show it to any Tenant Competitors).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord’s technical staff may enter the Premises periodically in connection with routine visual inspections of equipment and monitors in the Datacenter Space without prior notice to Tenant; however, Landlord shall only conduct such inspections per a pre-approved (approval not to be unreasonably withheld) method of operation document (“MOP”) and notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide notice as set forth in this Section 17.13 if it enters the Datacenter Space to perform physical work on equipment.  Upon request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with (a) a list of the titles of Landlord’s operations personnel (both employees and subcontractors) who require access to the Premises to perform Landlord’s obligations under this Lease and (b) a log of all Persons who have been provided unescorted access to the Premises within the last thirty (30) days.  In connection with Landlord’s rights hereunder, Landlord shall at all times have and retain keys, pass keys and/or other access devices or credentials with which to unlock all of the doors in, on or about the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means by which Landlord may deem proper to open such doors to obtain entry to the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except for emergencies, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Tenant’s business or occupancy during such entries.

17.14. Rights Reserved by Landlord.  Landlord reserves the following rights exercisable without notice (except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease) and without being, deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of Rent: (a) to change the name or street address of the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and/or the Project; (b) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and/or the Project; (c) to change the arrangement of entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and/or stairs in the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and/or the Project, and/or to make such alterations to the Datacenter (and/or the electrical or mechanical systems serving the Datacenter), the Building, the Campus and/or the Project as Landlord deems desirable, provided that the same does not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises; (d) to install, operate and maintain systems which monitor, by closed circuit television or otherwise, all persons entering or leaving the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and/or the Project; (e) to install and maintain pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and structural elements located in the Datacenter or the Premises and which serve other parts or other tenants or occupants of the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and/or the Project; (f) the right to determine, in its sole discretion, which telecommunications providers shall be permitted access to the Building, the Campus and/or the Project, provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant with fourteen (14) days prior notice if an existing telecommunications provider utilized by Tenant shall not longer be provided such access; (g) the right to contract with different electricity providers from time to time in its sole discretion, and without reference to whether any electricity provider selected by Landlord provides lower rates than any other electricity supplier; and (h) the absolute right to lease space in the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and the Project and to create such other tenancies in the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and the Project as Landlord, in its sole business judgment, shall determine is in the best interests of the Campus and/or the Project (and Landlord does not represent and Tenant does not rely upon any specific type or number of tenants occupying any space in the Datacenter, the Building, the Campus and the Project during the Term of this Lease).

17.15. Confidentiality.  The parties each agrees that: (a) all of the Landlord Confidential Information and Tenant Confidential Information (collectively referred to herein as “Confidential Information”) is confidential and constitutes proprietary information of the other party and (b) it shall not disclose, and it shall cause its partners, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, brokers and attorneys not to disclose (unless required by Law and/or a court of competent jurisdiction) any Confidential Information of the other party to any other Person (except its attorneys and other agents that have agreed to treat such information as confidential and not to disclose it to third parties) 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

without first obtaining the prior written consent of the disclosing party, which may be withheld in the disclosing party’s sole discretion.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, information shall not be deemed Confidential Information hereunder if such information: (i) is known to the receiving party prior to receipt from the disclosing party directly or indirectly from a source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (ii) becomes publicly known or otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, except through a breach of this Lease by the receiving party; or (iii) was independently developed by the receiving party prior to disclosure to such party.  Each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information where: (A) the disclosure is required by Law or by an order of a court or other governmental body having jurisdiction after giving reasonable notice to the other party with adequate time for such other party to seek a protective order or (B) the disclosure is reasonably necessary and is to that party’s or its affiliates’ employees, officers, directors, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other advisors, or to Landlord’s mortgage lender and its counsel, or the disclosure is otherwise necessary for a party to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Lease, so long as in all cases the disclosure is no broader than necessary and the party who receives the disclosure agrees prior to receiving the disclosure to keep the information confidential.  In addition, if this Lease, or portions thereof, are required under applicable Laws to be disclosed as part of an exhibit to a Party’s required public disclosure documents, the affected Party shall notify the other Party in advance and in writing (and such other Party shall have the right to object or otherwise seek confidential treatment of this Lease).  Each party is responsible for ensuring that any Confidential Information of the other party that it discloses pursuant to this Section 17.15 is kept confidential by the person receiving the disclosure, and to the extent practical, shall cause any party to which it discloses the other party’s Confidential Information to execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement.

17.16. Brokers.  Each party hereto represents to the other that it has not engaged, dealt with or been represented by any broker or finder in connection with this Lease other than the brokers specified in Items 13(a) and 13(b) of the Basic Lease Information.  Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend (with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the other) and hold harmless the other party from and against all Claims (including attorneys’ fees and all litigation expenses) related to any claim made by any other person or entity for any commission or other compensation in connection with the execution of this Lease or the leasing of the Premises to Tenant if based on an allegation that claimant dealt through the indemnifying party.

17.17. Data Protection Requirements.  To the extent Landlord collects any Personal Information in connection with access by the Tenant Parties to the Campus, the Buildings and/or the Premises, Landlord agrees to comply with the Box Service Provider Requirements attached to this Lease as Exhibit “L”.  For purposes of this Section 17.17, “Personal Information” means any information collected by a Party in connection with this Lease (a) that identifies or can be used to identify, contact, or locate the person to whom such information pertains or (b) from which identification or contact information of an individual person can be derived.  Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord shall only collect Personal Information in connection with access by the Tenant Parties to the Campus, the Buildings and/or the Premises.

17.18. Examination of Lease.  The submission of this Lease to Tenant or its broker or other agent, does not constitute an offer to Tenant to lease the Premises.  This Lease shall have no force and effect until it is executed by both parties. 

17.19. Authority.  If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other similar entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant does hereby covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing entity, that Tenant has and is qualified to do business in State, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each of both of the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so.  Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing covenants and warranties.  The person executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord hereby covenants and warrants that Landlord has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so.

[Signatures Appear on Next Page]

 

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

17.20. Counterparts; Execution by Facsimile.  This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each of the parties hereto agree that the delivery of an executed copy of this Lease by facsimile or email shall be legal and binding and shall have the same full force and effect as if an original executed copy of this Lease had been delivered.  Tenant’s online acceptance of any or all portions of this Lease (including but not limited to any of the Exhibits to this Lease) shall be deemed an execution for purposes of the preceding sentence, and Tenant shall not have the right to object to the manner (i.e., online acceptance, electronic signatures, fax, or scanned images of signature pages) in which this Lease was executed as a defense to the enforcement of this Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Lease as of the Effective Date.

 

	
LANDLORD:

	
 

	
VANTAGE DATA CENTERS [***], LLC, 

a Delaware limited liability company

	
 

	
By:
	
 
	
VANTAGE DATA CENTERS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC, 

a Delaware limited liability company 

its authorized agent

	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Sureel Choksi
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
Sureel Choksi, Chief Executive Officer

	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
 
	
Date:
	
 
	
July 26, 2016
	
 

 

	
TENANT:

	
 

	
BOX, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

	
 

	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Aaron Levie
	
 
	
By:
	
 
	
/s/ Dylan Smith

	
Name:
	
 
	
Aaron Levie
	
 
	
Name:
	
 
	
Dylan Smith

	
Title:
	
 
	
CEO
	
 
	
Title:
	
 
	
CFO

	
Date:
	
 
	
July 27, 2016
	
 
	
Date:
	
 
	
July 27, 2016

 

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT; BUILDING

That certain data center telecommunications project commonly known as Vantage Data Centers [***] (the “Project”), which Project includes the building (the “Building”) located at and commonly known as [***] and the land (“Land”) on which such Building (and other improvements relating to such Building) are located.  For the avoidance of doubt, as used herein, Project shall not include the building (the “[***]”) located at and commonly known as [***], the building (the “[***]”) located at and commonly known as [***] or the building (the “[***]”) located at and commonly known as [***] and the land on which such [***] (and other improvements relating to such [***]),[***] (and other improvements relating to such [***]) or [***] (and other improvements relating to such [***]) are located).

 

 

-1-

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “B”

LANDLORD’S ADDRESSES

 

	
Landlord’s Address for Notices: 
	
Vantage Data Centers [***], LLC
	
And with copies of any legal notices to:

	
 
	
c/o Vantage Data Centers Management
	
 

	
 
	
Company, LLC

[***]

 

Attn: [***]

Email: [***]
	
HV Law LLC

P.O. Box 744

Littleton, CO 80160-0744

Attention: [***] 

Email: [***]

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent:
	
ACH/Wire Payments:
	
 

	
 
	
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 

700 Market Street 

San Francisco, CA 94102 

Account Name: Vantage Data Centers Management Company, LLC 

Regarding/Reference: [***]/BOX 

Routing Number: [***] 

Account Number: [***] 

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
Check Payments:
	
 

	
 
	
c/o Vantage Data Centers Management Company, LLC 

PO Box 101103 

Pasadena, CA 91189-1103

	
 
	
 
	
 

	
 
	
Overnight Address:
	
 

	
 
	
c/o Vantage Data Centers Management Company, LLC 

PO Box 101103 

Pasadena, CA 91189-1103

 

 

-1-

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “C-1”

DEPICTION OF DATACENTER AND DATACENTER SPACE

[***]

 

 

-1-

 

	
[***]
	
Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “C-2”

DEPICTION OF SUPPORT SPACE

(Office Space - Page 1 of 2)

[***] 

 

 

-1-

	
 

[***]
	
Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “C-2”

DEPICTION OF SUPPORT SPACE

(Storage Space – Page 2 of 2)

[***]

 

 

	
 

[***]
	
Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “D-1”

DEPICTION OF MEET ME ROOMS IN THE BUILDING

[***] 

 

 

-1-

	
 

[***]
	
Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “D-2”

DEPICTION OF MEET ME ROOMS IN THE [***]

[***] 

 

 

	
 

[***]
	
 

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “E”

ADDITIONAL RENT; INSURANCE AND PROPERTY TAX ESCALATIONS

1. Definitions.

1.1. “Property Taxes” means all real property taxes, assessments, fees, charges, or impositions and other similar governmental or quasi-governmental ad valorem or other charges levied on or attributable to the Building or its ownership, operation or transfer of any and every type, kind, category or nature, whether direct or indirect, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary and all taxes, assessments, fees, charges or similar impositions imposed in lieu or substitution (partially or totally) of the same including, without limitation, all taxes, assessments, levies, charges or impositions: (a) on any interest of Landlord or any mortgagee of Landlord in Building, the Premises or in this Lease, or on the occupancy or use of space in the Building or the Premises; (b) on the gross or net rentals or income from the Building, including, without limitation, any gross income tax, excise tax, sales tax or gross receipts tax levied by any federal, state or local governmental entity with respect to the receipt of Rent; (c) on any transit taxes or charges, business or license fees or taxes, annual or periodic license or use fees, park and/or school fees, arts charges, parks charges, housing fund charges; (d) imposed for street, refuse, police, sidewalks, fire protection and/or similar services and/or maintenance, whether previously provided without charge or for a different charge, whether provided by governmental agencies or private parties, and whether charged directly or indirectly through a funding mechanism designed to enhance or augment benefits and/or services provided by governmental or quasi-governmental agencies; (e) on any possessory taxes charged or levied in lieu of real estate taxes; and (f) any reasonable costs or expenses incurred or expended by Landlord in investigating, calculating, protesting, appealing or otherwise attempting to reduce or minimize such taxes.  There shall be excluded from Property Taxes all income taxes, capital stock, inheritance, estate, gift, or any other taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord’s gross income or profits unless the same is specifically included within the definition of Property Taxes above or otherwise shall be imposed in lieu of real estate taxes or other ad valorem taxes.

1.2. “Insurance” means all costs, fees, amounts, disbursements and expenses of every kind and nature paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to any Expense Year in connection with insurance for the Project, allocated to the Building in accordance with Paragraph 2.4, below, including, without limitation, any amounts paid or incurred with respect to premiums for property, casualty, liability, rent interruption, earthquake, flood or other types of insurance carried by Landlord from time to time.

1.3. “Interest Rate” means an annual rate of interest equal to the Reference Rate plus two percent (2%).

1.4. “Expense Year” means, with respect to Property Taxes and Insurance, the applicable twelve (12) month period falling in whole or in part during any portion of the Term.

2. Calculation Methods and Adjustments.

2.1. Amounts payable by Tenant under Section 4.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions with respect to any Expense Year that includes less than an entire calendar year shall be prorated on the basis that the number of days in such Expense Year bears to 365.

2.2. Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit “E”, all calculations, determinations, allocations and decisions to be made hereunder with respect to Insurance and Property Taxes shall be made in accordance with the good faith determination of Landlord applying sound accounting and property management principles consistently applied which are consistent with Institutional Owner Practices.  Landlord shall have the right to equitably allocate some or all of Insurance among particular classes or groups of tenants in the Project (or Campus) to reflect Landlord’s good faith determination that measurably different amounts or types of services, work or benefits associated with Insurance, as applicable, are being provided to or conferred upon such classes or groups.  All discounts, reimbursements, rebates, refunds, or credits (collectively, “Reimbursements”) attributable to Insurance or Property Taxes received by Landlord in a particular year shall be deducted from Insurance or Property Taxes, as applicable, in the year the same are received; provided, however, if such practice is consistent with Institutional Owner Practices, Landlord may treat Reimbursements generally (or under particular circumstances) on a different basis.  Landlord shall have the right to exclude from Insurance for the Base Year the cost of items of service, work or benefits: (a) not provided following the Base Year, (b) incurred due to circumstances not applicable following the Base Year or due to market-wide labor-rate increases in Insurance due to extraordinary circumstances, including, without limitation, boycotts, embargoes and strikes, and utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, and (c) amortized costs relating to Capital Items.

2.3. If in any one or more Expense Years following the Base Year (a “Comparison Year”), Property Taxes decrease below the amount of Property Taxes for the Base Year as a result of any reassessment or any similar governmental act or Law, including, without limitation, as the result of a Proposition 8 reduction (collectively, a “Tax Reduction”), for purposes of calculation of excess Property Taxes for such Comparison Year and all subsequent Comparison Years, Property Taxes allocable to the Base Year shall be reduced to the amount of Property Taxes allocable to such Comparison Year (a “Base Year Tax Reduction”); provided, however, that if in any subsequent 

-1-

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Comparison Year the amount of such Tax Reduction is decreased (other than to the extent by virtue of the application of the annual percentage increase (presently 2.0%) in Property Taxes currently provided by statute (or any substitute therefor hereafter adopted)), for purposes of calculation of excess Property Taxes for such subsequent Comparison Year, the Base Year Tax Reduction shall be correspondingly decreased.  Property Taxes allocable to the Base Year shall not include any Property Taxes or any taxes, assessments, costs charges or fees not applicable following the Base Year.

2.4. As of the date of this Lease, Tenant pays Additional Rent under Section 4.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions based on: (a) the Insurance and Property Taxes for the Project and (b) the Insurance and Property Taxes for the Campus that are allocated to the Project in accordance with this Paragraph 2.4 of this Exhibit “E”.

3. Payment Procedure; Estimates.

3.1. During each Expense Year, Landlord may elect to give Tenant written notice of its estimate of any amounts payable under Section 4.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions for that Expense Year.  On or before the first day of each calendar month during such Expense Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amounts; provided, however, that, not more often than quarterly, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such Expense Year, and all subsequent payments under this Paragraph 3.1 of this Exhibit “E” by Tenant for such Expense Year shall be based upon such revised estimate.

3.2. Landlord shall endeavor to deliver to Tenant within one hundred fifty (150) days after the close of each Expense Year or as soon thereafter as is practicable, a statement of that year’s Property Taxes and Insurance, and the amount of Additional Rent payable under Section 4.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions for such Expense Year, as determined by Landlord (the “Landlord’s Statement”), and such Landlord’s Statement shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, except as provided in Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E”.  If the Landlord’s Statement indicates that (or if it is finally determined pursuant to Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E” that) the amount payable under Section 4.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions: (a) is more than the estimated payments made by Tenant under Paragraph 3.1 of this Exhibit “E” with respect to the applicable Expense Year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s Statement or (b) is less than the estimated payments made by Tenant under Paragraph 3.1 of this Exhibit “E” with respect to the applicable Expense Year, such excess payments shall be credited against Rent next payable by Tenant under this Lease (or, if the Term of this Lease has expired, shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s Statement).  The expiration or early termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 3.2 of this Exhibit “E” to be performed after such expiration or early termination.

4. Review of Landlord’s Statement.  Provided that Tenant strictly complies with the provisions of this Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E”, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to reasonably review Landlord’s supporting books and records (at Landlord’s manager’s corporate offices) for any portion of the Property Taxes or Insurance for a particular Expense Year covered by Landlord’s Statement.  Tenant shall, within ninety (90) days after any such Landlord’s Statement is delivered to Tenant, deliver a written notice (a “Dispute Notice”) to Landlord specifying the items described in the Landlord’s Statement that are claimed to be incorrect, and Tenant shall simultaneously pay to Landlord all amounts (if any) remaining due from Tenant to Landlord as specified in the Landlord’s Statement.  The right of Tenant under this Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E” may only be exercised once for each Expense Year covered by any Landlord’s Statement, and if Tenant fails to deliver a Dispute Notice within the ninety (90) day period described above or fails to meet any of the other above conditions of exercise of such right, the right of Tenant to audit a particular Landlord’s Statement (and all of Tenant’s rights to make any claim relating thereto) under this Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E” shall automatically be deemed waived by Tenant.  Any review of records under this Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E” shall be at the sole expense of Tenant and shall be conducted by independent certified public accountants of national standing which are not compensated on a contingency fee or similar basis relating to the results of such audit.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any records of Landlord reviewed under this Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E” (and the information contained therein) constitute Landlord Confidential Information, which shall not be disclosed other than to Tenant’s accountants performing the review and principals of Tenant who receive the results of the review.  If Landlord disagrees with Tenant’s contention that an error exists with respect to the Landlord’s Statement in dispute, Landlord shall have the right to cause another review of that portion of Landlord’s Statement to be made by a firm of independent certified public accountants of national standing selected by Landlord (“Landlord’s Accountant”).  If it is finally determined pursuant to this Paragraph 4 of this Exhibit “E” that a particular Landlord’s Statement overstated amounts payable by Tenant under Section 4.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of Tenant’s accountant within thirty (30) days after written receipt of notice.  In all other cases, Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s Accountant’s actual fees and expenses.

 

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

EXHIBIT “F”

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

1. Policies.

1.1 Property Insurance.  At all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole expense, “All-Risk” (and at Landlord’s option earthquake, earthquake sprinkler leakage and/or flood) property insurance, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost covering the full replacement value of all of Tenant’s Personal Property in the Premises.  The proceeds of such insurance shall be used for the repair and replacement of the property so insured, except if this Lease is terminated.

1.2 Business Interruption Insurance.  At all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall procure and maintain business interruption insurance in such amount as shall reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils insured against in Paragraph 1.1 of this Exhibit “F” for a period of not less than twelve (12) months.

1.3 Liability Insurance.

1.3.1 At all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole expense for the protection of Landlord and Tenant, commercial general liability insurance applying to the use and occupancy of the Premises and the business operated by Tenant.  Such insurance shall have a minimum combined single limit of liability of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence and a general aggregate limit of at least $2,000,000, and Tenant shall provide in addition excess liability insurance on a following form basis, with overall limits of at least $5,000,000.  All such policies shall be written to apply to all bodily injury (including death), property damage and personal injury losses, shall include blanket contractual liability, broad form property damage, independent contractor’s coverage, completed operations, products liability, cross liability and severance of interest clauses, and shall be endorsed to include Landlord and Landlord’s agents, beneficiaries, partners, employees, and any Holder of any Security Instrument designated by Landlord as additional insureds.

1.3.2 At all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole expense for the protection of Landlord and Tenant, primary automobile liability insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence covering owned, hired and non-owned vehicles used by Tenant.

1.4 Workers’ Compensation; Employer’s Liability Insurance.  At all times during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall procure and maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Project is located and Employer’s Liability insurance with a limit not less than $1,000,000 Bodily Injury Each Accident; $1,000,000 Bodily Injury By Disease - Each Person; and $1,000,000 Bodily Injury By Disease - Policy Limit.

2. Policy Requirements.  All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do insurance business in the state in which the Project is located and that are rated not less than A:X in Best’s Insurance Guide.  All such insurance policies shall: (a) be written as primary policies, not excess or contributing with or secondary to any other insurance as may be available to Landlord or to the additional insureds and (b) be endorsed so as to include a waiver of subrogation in accordance with and to the full extent of Tenant’s waiver of claims with respect to Landlord and the other Landlord Parties as set forth in of this Lease.  A certificate of insurance (or, at Landlord’s option, copies of the applicable policies) evidencing the insurance required under this Exhibit “F” shall be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date.  No such policy shall be subject to cancellation or modification without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and to any Holder of any Security Instrument designated by Landlord, and each such policy shall be endorsed to provide that the insurer thereunder shall provide Landlord with written notice of any failure by Tenant to pay any premium thereunder when due and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) business days after such date.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a replacement certificate with respect to any insurance not less than ten (10) business days prior to the expiration of the current policy.  Tenant shall have the right to provide the insurance required by this Exhibit “F” pursuant to blanket policies, but only if such blanket policies expressly provide coverage to the Premises and the Landlord as required by this Lease without regard to claims made under such policies with respect to other persons.

 

 

 

-1-

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

EXHIBIT “G”

CALIFORNIA STATE LAW PROVISIONS

1. Remedies for Events of Default.

1.1 Landlord’s Right to Terminate upon Event of Default.  If any Event of Default shall occur, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Premises by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant: (a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (b) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, which was actually and reasonably accrued by Landlord; and (e) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Laws.  As used in clauses (a) and (b), above, “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in clause (c), above, “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the Discounting Rate (defined below).  As used herein, the term “Discounting Rate” means the Reference Rate plus one percent (1%).

1.2 Landlord’s Right to Continue Lease upon Tenant Default.  In the event of a default of this Lease and abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph 1.1, above, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease.  Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).  To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the proceeds of any reletting shall be applied: (a) first to pay to Landlord all costs and expenses of such reletting (including without limitation, costs and expenses of retaking or repossessing the Premises, removing persons and property therefrom, securing new tenants, including expenses for refixturizing, alterations and other costs in connection with preparing the Premises for the new tenant, and if Landlord shall maintain and operate the Premises, the costs thereof) and receivers’ fees incurred in connection with the appointment of and performance by a receiver to protect the Premises and Landlord’s interest under this Lease and any necessary or reasonable alterations; (b) second, to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord other than Rent due and unpaid hereunder; (c) third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (d) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of other or future obligations of Tenant to Landlord as the same may become due and payable, and Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of such revenue.  No re- entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 1.2 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such election shall be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord, Landlord may, at any time after such reletting, elect to terminate this Lease for any such Event of Default.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Tenant under Section 15.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions, if the Premises or any portion thereof are sublet, Landlord, in addition and without prejudice to any other remedies herein provided or provided by Laws, may, at its option, collect directly from the sublessee all rentals becoming due to the Tenant and apply such rentals against other sums due hereunder to Landlord.

1.3 Efforts to Relet.  For the purposes of this Exhibit “G”, Tenant’s right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises (or any portion thereof), by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises (or any portion thereof), or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder.  The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts that may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant’s right to possession.

1.4 Waiver of Right of Redemption.  Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s rights to possession of the Premises shall not discharge, relieve or release Tenant from any obligation or liability whatsoever under any indemnity provision of this Lease, including without limitation the provisions of Section 14.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

-1-

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

1.5 Cumulative Remedies; Equitable Relief.  The specific remedies to which Landlord may resort under the provisions of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which it may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease.  In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, subject to Laws, Landlord shall be entitled to a restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to a decree compelling specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions.

1.6 Tenant’s Waiver.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has entered into this Lease in reliance upon, among other matters, Tenant’s agreement and continuing obligation to pay all Rent due throughout the Term.  As a result, if Landlord elects, at Landlord’s sole option, to attempt to relet all or any part of the Premises, Tenant agrees that Landlord has no obligation to: (a) relet the Premises prior to leasing any other space within the Datacenter or Project; (b) relet the Premises: (i) at a rental rate or otherwise on terms below market, as then determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, (ii) to any entity not satisfying Landlord’s then standard financial credit risk criteria or Datacenter criteria regarding security/interconnectivity, (iii) for a use or upon terms not substantially consistent with the terms and requirements of this Lease; (c) make any alterations to the Premises, the Datacenter or the Project; and/or (d) otherwise incur any costs in connection with any such reletting, unless Tenant unconditionally delivers to Landlord, in good and sufficient funds, the full amount thereof in advance.

1.7 Landlord’s Right to Cure.  All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  If Tenant should fail to make any payment (other than Base Rent or the Power Payment) or cure any default hereunder within the time herein permitted (including, without limitation, any default by Tenant under Section 9.2 or Section 14.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions), Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so, without thereby waiving such default and in addition to and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Landlord, may make such payment and/or remedy such other default for the account of Tenant (and enter the Premises for such purpose), and thereupon Tenant shall be obligated to, and hereby agrees to, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s demand therefor, all costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in taking such remedial action, plus an administrative fee of ten percent (10%) of such amount.

1.8 Notices. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that all of the notice periods provided in Section 15.1 of the Standard Lease Provisions are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et. seq., or any similar or successor law.

2. Statutory Waivers.

2.1 Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of Law, now or hereinafter in force, which restricts the amount or types of claim that a landlord may make upon a security deposit or imposes upon a landlord (or its successors) any obligation with respect to the handling or return of security deposits.

2.2 Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

2.3 Landlord’s and Tenant’s waivers set forth in Sections 10.1.3 and 10.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions shall include, without limitation: (a) the provisions of Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, and the provisions of any successor or other law of like import and (b) the provisions of Sections 1265.130 and 1265.150 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, as amended from time to time, and the provisions of any successor or other law of like import.

3. Notice of Completion.  Upon completion of any Alterations and in compliance with all applicable Laws, Tenant shall provide a Certificate of Substantial Completion signed off by Tenant’s architect and all applicable permits will be signed off by, and recorded with, the applicable government department(s).

4. California Civil Code Section 1938.  As of the date of this Lease, the Premises, Building and Project have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist as referred to in Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.

 

 

 

-2-

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

EXHIBIT “H”

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

PART I – SPECIFICATIONS

 

	
1.  Electricity Consumption, Threshold/Specifications:
	
[***] in a [***] configuration.

	
2.  Target Battery Capacity: 
	
Five (5) minutes at [***].

	
3.  Back-up Generator:
	
Critical load generators are installed in an N+1 configuration and maintained by Landlord’s engineering staff. Back-up Power is included in all AC amperage usage.

	
4.  HVAC Specs:
	
Sufficient cooling for the Datacenter Space in an N+1 configuration. System is dedicated to the Datacenter and maintained by Landlord’s engineering staff.

	
(a)  Target Temperature:
	
Within the “Allowable” range for a Data Center Environment as defined by ASHRAE TC 9.9 “Thermal Guidelines for Data Processing Environments,” Allowable Class A2, as issued in 2015.

	
(b)  Target Relative Humidity:
	
Within the “Allowable” range for a Data Center Environment as defined by ASHRAE TC 9.9 “Thermal Guidelines for Data Processing Environments,” Allowable Class A2, as issued in 2015.

	
5.  Maximum Structural Load:
	
150 pounds of live load per square foot. No weight shall be supported from the roof/ceiling. Any cabinets, cages or partitions installed in the Datacenter Space (whether installed by Landlord or any Tenant Party) shall be included in the calculation of the live load.

PART II – REMEDY FOR CRITICAL INTERRUPTIONS

1. Definitions.

(a) “Chronic Outage” means the occurrence of either [***], regardless of duration.

(b) [***] means [***].

(c) “Continuous Outage” means a single Rent Abatement Event that continues for twenty (20) consecutive days.

(d) [***] means [***].

(e) “Electrical Critical Interruption” means any interruption during [***].

(f) “First Interruption” means the first (1st) Rent Abatement Event commencing in any particular twelve (12) month period during the Term.

(g) “Interruption Cure Completion Notice” means written notice from Landlord that a particular Rent Abatement Event has been rectified.

(h) “Mechanical Critical Interruption” means any failure during the Term, for a period in excess of sixty (60) cumulative minutes during any twenty-four (24) hour period, of any HVAC service described in Section 8.1.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions that is required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease to or with respect to the Datacenter Space: (i) to be within the parameters identified in the HVAC Specs identified in Part I above and (ii) that is not caused by: (A) any Casualty or Force Majeure event, (B) the consumption of Critical Load Power in excess of the Electrical Power Threshold or (C) any other act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Delay (which shall include, without limitation, any failure of Tenant to implement and at all times maintain during the Term a commercially reasonable cold aisle containment system within the Datacenter Space).

-1-

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

	
 

[***]
	
 

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

(i) “Outage Credit” means the quotient achieved by dividing (A) the monthly Base Rent attributable to the portion of the Datacenter Space affected by the Rent Abatement Event for the month in which the Rent Abatement Event occurred by (B) the actual number of days in the calendar month in which the Rent Abatement Event occurred.  For the avoidance of doubt, Datacenter Space containing Equipment that is inoperable as a result of a Rent Abatement Event in the main distribution area (MDA) for the Datacenter Space shall be deemed to be “affected” for purposes of this definition.

(j) “Remote Hands Service Failure” means any failure during the Term by Landlord to Respond to a properly submitted request by Tenant for any Remote Hands Service described in Section 8.1.4 of the Standard Lease Provisions within thirty (30) minutes following Landlord’s receipt and confirmation of such request, which failure is not caused by: (A) any Casualty or Force Majeure event or (B) any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Delay.

(k) “Rent Abatement Event” means any Electrical Critical Interruption or any Mechanical Critical Interruption.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Rent Abatement Events that are connected to the same root cause shall be treated as the same Rent Abatement Event, and Rent Abatement Events that occur intermittently but are connected to the same root cause shall be treated as a single Rent Abatement Event.

(l) “Respond” means that a Landlord employee, contractor or other representative has sent a response to Tenant confirming such request for Remote Hands Service or is working to perform such Remote Hands Service.

(m) “Second Interruption” means the second (2nd) Rent Abatement Event commencing in a particular twelve (12) month period during the Term.

(n) “Three-Plus Interruption” means the third (3rd), and any subsequent, Rent Abatement Event commencing in any particular twelve (12) month period during the Term.

2. Remedy.

(a) Outage Credits for Rent Abatement Events.

(1) Upon the occurrence of each Rent Abatement Event, Tenant shall be entitled to Outage Credits in the amounts set forth opposite the duration of each such Rent Abatement Event in Tables H.1 and H.2, below, as applicable:

Table Related to the Calculation of Outage Credits (Table H.1)

 

	
Rent Abatement Event Duration:
	
Outage Credits:

	
0 – 24 consecutive hours
	
Outage Credits described in Table H.2, below.

	
Each period of 24 consecutive hours occurring thereafter during which such Rent Abatement Event occurs or continues.
	
One (1) additional Outage Credit beyond those Outage Credits described in Table H.2.

Table Describing Outage Credits (Table H.2)

 

	
Rent Abatement Event Duration:
	
Outage Credits:

	
Each First Interruption.
	
[***]

	
Each Second Interruption.
	
[***]

	
Each Three-Plus Interruption.
	
[***]

(2) In the event that Tenant is entitled to an Outage Credit, the Outage Credit shall be applied as a credit towards Tenant’s Monthly Base Rent due in the immediately following month of the Term; provided, however, in the event that an Outage Credit accrues during the final month of the Term, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of the Outage Credit within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Term.

-2-

	
 

[***]
	
Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

(3) The foregoing notwithstanding, the total Outage Credits to which Tenant may become entitled in any calendar month shall not exceed Tenant’s total Monthly Base Rent for the affected portion of the Datacenter Space for such calendar month (at the time of the event).

(4) After Landlord has rectified a particular Rent Abatement Event and has gathered all necessary information regarding such Rent Abatement Event, Landlord shall provide the Interruption Cure Completion Notice to Tenant as soon as is reasonably practicable thereafter.

(b) [***]

(1) [***]

(2) [***]

(c) Outage Credits for Remote Hands Service Failure.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions, if one or more Remote Hands Service Failures occurs on any day, Tenant’s shall receive a $200 credit to be applied toward Base Rent, such that Tenant shall receive a $200 credit to be applied toward Base Rent for each day (or part thereof) on which any Remote Hands Service Failure(s) occur.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the maximum aggregate credits that Tenant shall be eligible to receive for Remote Hands Service Failure(s) during any calendar month during the Term shall be $1,000 (prorated for partial calendar months).

(d) Maximum Outage Credits.  The foregoing notwithstanding, the maximum Base Rent abatements (including Outage Credits and credits for Remote Hands Failures) to which Tenant may become entitled in any calendar month shall not exceed Tenant’s total Monthly Base Rent for the affected portion of the Datacenter Space for such calendar month (at the time of the event).

 

-3-

	
 

[***]
	
Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “I”

PORTABILITY AND EXTENSION PROVISIONS

1. Campus Portability.

1.1 Portability – General.  In the event Tenant desires to replace its lease of the Datacenter Space with other space on the Campus, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord.  Upon receipt of Tenant’s written notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether there is any Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space (defined below) that is Available for Lease (defined below) on the Campus.  A “Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space” means an alternative datacenter space within the Campus that has more than [***] of critical load power in a [***] configuration. “Available for Lease” means that such Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space is not then leased to, or the subject of active lease negotiations with, any other Person or encumbered by a preemptive right to lease (e.g., an expansion right, right of first offer or right of first refusal) in favor of any other Person.  Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space shall be considered to be the subject of active lease negotiations if Landlord is actively negotiating a letter of intent or lease agreement with respect to such space with agreed-upon principal economic terms.

1.2 Term; Rent; Other Terms.  If there is Qualified Datacenter Space that is Available for Lease on the Campus, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to enter into an amendment to this Lease or a new lease agreement with respect to the termination of the Datacenter Space and a contemporaneous replacement of such space with the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space.  Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the amendment or new lease agreement shall contain the following terms and conditions:

1.2.1 With respect to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space, the following terms and conditions shall apply: (a) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including a reasonable management fee), Landlord shall complete the installations necessary to prepare the Qualifying Replacement Datacenter Space for Tenant’s occupancy (not including any of the Tenant Datacenter Space Installations, which shall be completed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense); (b) the Initial Term of Tenant’s lease of the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space shall commence upon the date (the “Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date”) that Landlord delivers the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space to Tenant, taking into account the reasonable time needed by Tenant to migrate from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space; (c) the Initial Term of Tenant’s lease of the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space shall expire on the date that is sixty (60) months following the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date; (d) as of the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date, the Electrical Power Threshold shall be increased by the amount of critical load power associated with the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space; (e) beginning on the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date and continuing for the remainder of the Initial Term for the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space (including any exercised Option Terms), the monthly base rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space shall be equal to the greater of (i) the then prevailing base rent and additional rent then being charged by Landlord for comparable space on the Campus for new leases, taking into consideration the quality, size, utility and location thereof, the length of the initial term, the amenities provided to Tenant and all other relevant considerations and (ii) the product of: (A) the committed critical load power for the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space and (B) the monthly Base Rental Rate (i.e., US $/kW/mo.) that is payable with respect to the then-current month of the Initial Term as set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information, with subsequent three percent (3%) annual increases in such monthly Base Rental Rate; (f) Tenant shall continue to pay the monthly Base Rent attributable to the Improvement Allowance as set forth in Item 8(a) of the Basic Lease Information for the number of months remaining in the Initial Term for the Datacenter Space; (g) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord or Tenant to move Tenant’s Personal Property and any other equipment or property from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space, and/or otherwise to transition Tenant’s lease of space from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space, shall be borne and paid solely by Tenant; and (h) except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Paragraph 1, the remaining terms of Tenant’s lease of the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space shall be the same as the terms and conditions of the Lease, including, without limitation, the Base Year (provided that (i) all provisions of the Lease which vary based upon the area of the Premises shall be appropriately adjusted and (ii) the portability provisions set forth herein shall deleted).  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for (or, at Landlord’s election, shall pay directly) any costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by Landlord in accordance with this Paragraph 1.2.1 within thirty (30) days following delivery to Tenant of a written invoice therefor.

1.2.2 With respect to the Datacenter Space, the following terms and conditions shall apply: (a) on or before the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall move Tenant’s Personal Property and any other equipment or property from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space and surrender the Datacenter Space to Landlord in accordance with Article 13 of the Lease, provided, however, Tenant shall have an additional thirty (30) days to relocate the main distribution area (MDA) (i.e., approximately 4-6 racks) from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space; (b) on the 

i

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

	
 

[***]
	
 

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date, the lease of the Datacenter Space shall terminate; (c) provided that Tenant has surrendered the Datacenter Space pursuant to clause (a) of this Paragraph 1.2.2, as of the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date, the monthly base rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Datacenter Space shall cease; and (d) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord or Tenant to move Tenant’s Personal Property and any other equipment or property from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space, and/or otherwise to transition Tenant’s lease of space from the Datacenter Space to the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space, shall be borne and paid solely by Tenant.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for (or, at Landlord’s election, shall pay directly) any costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by Landlord in accordance with this Paragraph 1.2.2 within thirty (30) days following delivery to Tenant of a written invoice therefor.

1.3 Conditions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the portability terms set forth in this Paragraph 1 shall, at the election of Landlord, be invalid, ineffective, and of no force or effect if, at any time during the negotiation period between the parties with respect to any Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space, or on the Qualified Replacement Datacenter Space Commencement Date, there shall be an uncured Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease or if more than two (2) Events of Default shall have occurred during the twelve (12) month period prior thereto.  In addition, Tenant may elect to utilize the portability terms set forth in this Paragraph 1 only once during the Initial Term with respect to the Datacenter Space.

2. Extension Options.

2.1 Grant.  Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit “I”, Tenant shall have the number of options (each, an “Extension Option”) specified in Item 7(d) of the Basic Lease Information to extend the Term of this Lease, each for an additional term (collectively the “Option Terms”, each an “Option Term”) of the number of calendar months (or years) specified in Item 7(d) of the Basic Lease Information, upon the same terms, conditions and provisions applicable to the then current Term of this Lease (except as provided otherwise herein).  Tenant shall have the right to exercise any Extension Option only with respect to the entire Premises leased by Tenant (at the Electrical Power Threshold then associated with the entire Premises) at the time that Tenant delivers an Option Exercise Notice, and Tenant only may exercise an Extension Option pursuant to this Lease if it contemporaneously exercises the corresponding extension option pursuant to the [***] Lease.  The monthly Base Rent and other charges payable with respect to the Premises for the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the monthly Base Rent that is payable with respect to the last month of the Initial Term (or the first Option Term, as applicable) (exclusive of any amortization of the Improvement Allowance, which shall apply only to the Initial Term) multiplied by 1.03 (with subsequent three percent (3%) increases on in the monthly Base Rent on each anniversary of the date of commencement of the Option Term).

2.2 Exercise.  Tenant may exercise the Extension Option only by delivering to Landlord a written notice (an “Option Exercise Notice”) at least nine (9) calendar months (and not more than fifteen (15) calendar months) prior to the then applicable expiration date of the Term, specifying that Tenant is exercising the Extension Option pursuant to this Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit “I”; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no Option Exercise Notice provided by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit “I” shall be valid unless Tenant contemporaneously provides an option exercise notice with respect to the corresponding option term for the [***] Datacenter Space pursuant to the [***] Lease.  If Tenant delivers and Option Exercise Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably exercised the Extension Option, the Term of this Lease shall be extended by the Option Term on the terms set forth in this Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit “I”, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment reflecting Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option and the extension of the Term.  If Tenant shall fail to deliver an Option Exercise Notice within the applicable time period specified herein for the delivery thereof (time being of the essence), then at the election of Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to have forever waived and relinquished such Extension Option, and any other options or rights to renew or extend the Term effective after the then applicable expiration date of the Term shall terminate and shall be of no further force or effect.

2.3 Conditions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any attempted exercise by Tenant of the Extension Option shall, at the election of Landlord, be invalid, ineffective, and of no force or effect if, on the date on which Tenant delivers the Option Exercise Notice or on the date on which the Option Term is scheduled to commence there shall be an uncured Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease or if more than two (2) Events of Default shall have occurred during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant delivers the Option Exercise Notice.  The rights granted to Tenant under this Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit “I” are personal to the Original Tenant.

 

 

 

-ii-

	
 

[***]
	
Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXHIBIT “J”

PART I: LANDLORD’S INSTALLATIONS

Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause the following installations to be present in or with respect to the delivered portion of the Datacenter Space (collectively, the “Landlord’s Installations”):

	
 
	
1.
	
All improvements and equipment required to cause such Datacenter Space to conform to the service level specifications in Part I of Exhibit “H” to the Lease.

	
 
	
2.
	
All improvements required to cause the Support Space to completed, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, on or around October 15, 2016 (rather than by the Commencement Date, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease).

PART II: TENANT DATACENTER SPACE INSTALLATIONS

Subject to the terms of Section 4.1.5 of the Standard Lease Provisions, Tenant shall cause the following equipment and installations to be present in or with respect to the Datacenter Space (collectively, the “Tenant Datacenter Space Installations”), all of which must be approved in advance by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease:

	
 
	
1.
	
Power distribution, either via (a) Remote power panels (RPPs), electrical distribution to RPPs, whips and receptacles or (b) busway, electrical distribution to busway, breakers and drops to each rack.

	
 
	
2.
	
Rack power strip/CDU or connection to power strip in rack and branch circuit monitoring.

	
 
	
3.
	
Racks and rack installation/seismic anchorage.

	
 
	
4.
	
Ladder racking/cable tray.

	
 
	
5.
	
Cold aisle containment system.

	
 
	
6.
	
Cages around Tenant’s IT racks and main distribution frames (MDFs) (if applicable).

	
 
	
7.
	
Structured cabling and terminations.

	
 
	
8.
	
Structural support system to hang electrical distribution and cable tray.

	
 
	
9.
	
Any modifications to Landlord’s Installations that are required by Tenant to meet its unique requirements (subject to Landlord’s prior approval).

 

 

i

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

EXHIBIT “K”

DATACENTER RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

 

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 
	
 

 

 

EXHIBIT “L”

BOX SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIREMENTS

1. Purpose:  The Service Provider Requirements (SPR) sets forth the minimum information security program and infrastructure policies that the Service Provider must meet and maintain in order to protect Box Confidential Information from unauthorized use, access, disclosure, theft, manipulation, reproduction and/or possible breach of security or data (“Security Breach”), for any period of time thereafter during which the Service Provider has possession of or access to Box Confidential Information.  For purposes of these SPR, (a) ”Service Provider” shall mean Landlord as defined in the Lease; (b) ”Box” shall mean Tenant as defined in the Lease; and (c) “Confirmation Information” shall mean Personal Information as defined in the Lease.

2. Information Security Management System (ISMS):  [***]

3. Standards:  The Service Provider incorporates all reasonable and appropriate methods and safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality, integrity, availability, and privacy of Confidential Information.  The Service Provider will adhere to information security best practices with respect to the Confidential Information as identified in International Organization for Standardization 27001 (ISO/IEC 27001) or other applicable authoritative sources (e.g. SSAE16 SOC1, SOC2, PCI, HIPAA/HITECH, and EU/Swiss Safe Harbor) mutually agreed upon with Box.

4. Information Security Policies:  [***]

5. Updates:  The Information Security Management System (ISMS) with respect to the Confidential Information will be documented and kept current based on changes in applicable legal and regulatory requirements related to privacy and data security, best practices and industry standards.

6. [***]

7. Independent Assessments and Vulnerability Assessments:  The Service Provider will conduct at its own cost and expense an independent assessment consisting of a Report on Controls at a Service Organization Relevant to Security, Availability, Processing, Integrity, Confidentiality and/or Privacy (“SOC2” Type II) or ISO 27001 Certification Report, at least annually by a reputable independent third party organization, on information applications and/or systems associated with accessing, processing, storage, communication and/or transmission of the Confidential Information (“Independent Assessment”).  Additionally, with respect to the Confidential Information, Service Provider must undergo an annual network security assessment by an independent third party organization that specializes in providing this type of security assessment service.

8. Management Cooperation SOC 1 and SOC 2 report:  With respect to the Confidential Information, Service Provider agrees to sign a Management Representation letter and Management Assertion letter in support of Box’s SOC 1 (SSAE 16) and SOC 2 (AT 101) in accordance with AICPA requirements.

9. Audit and Reporting:  For systems or applications associated with the access, processing, storage, communication and/or transmission of Confidential Information, the Service Provider will generate audit logs for actual or attempted incidents of unauthorized use, access, disclosure, theft or manipulation of the Confidential Information or any Security Breach involving Confidential Information. Service Provider must generate audit logs with respect to the Confidential Information.  The Service Provider must review the audit logs with respect to the Confidential Information in accordance with the Service Provider’s information security policies or at least monthly and must maintain adequate records of the review of such audit logs for purposes of audit or other applicable legal or regulatory requirements.  Audit logs will be maintained in accordance with the Service Provider’s record retention obligations and must be provided to Box upon request in the event of a Security Breach of Confidential Information.  In the event that Service Provider’s review of the audit logs applicable to Confidential Information reveals reasonable evidence of any unauthorized use, access, disclosure, theft, manipulation, reproduction and/or Security Breach, the Service Provider must promptly notify Box in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

10. Training:  The Service Provider shall provide regular training to Service Provider personnel (employee, contractors, consultants, etc.) that have access to the Confidential Information on security and privacy requirements applicable to Service Provider. Such training shall occur at least annually and upon initial employment.  The training provided shall included the following topics at a minimum: 1) proper data handling and processing procedures, 2) minimum security standards, 3) confidentiality and privacy practices, 4) limitations of data use and disclosure, 5) appropriate methods for disposal of data, 6) incident response and management procedures, and 7) the Service Provider’s disciplinary process and other repercussions of not following Service Provider policies and procedures.

	
 

[***]
	
 

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

11. Data Transfer and Access:  If Service Provider discloses any data outside of the country in which Service Provider received or collected the Confidential Information, Service Provider shall ensure that the Confidential Information or any materials derived from it are not disclosed or communicated in violation of applicable export laws or regulations.  Service Provider further agrees to ensure an adequate level of protection for any Confidential Information transfer in and outside of the country of where Service Provider received or collected the Confidential Information.  An adequate level of protection may include entering a data transfer agreement with Box, upon Box’s request of Service Provider, on the basis of model contract clauses adopted by the European Commission.

12. Access Limitations:  Service Provider will restrict access to the Confidential Information only to those Service Provider Personnel who have a need to know or otherwise access the data to enable Service Provider to perform its obligations under the Lease, provided that (a) Supplier has conducted a background check on those Personnel, and (b) those Personnel are bound in writing by obligations of confidentiality sufficient to protect the Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and applicable laws.  Upon Box’s written request, Service Provider will promptly identify in writing all Personnel it has allowed to access the Confidential Information as of the date of the request.  Service Provider shall be responsible at all times for its Personnel’s compliance with Service Provider’s obligations under this Agreement.

13. Data Access Requests:  Service Provider will not provide any Confidential Information obtained or collected to any parties, unless legally required, and Service Provider must provide notification to Box of the request within forty-eight (48) hours unless such notification is legally prohibited.  Service Provider will forward to Box all other access requests with respect to the Confidential Information within forty-eight (48) hours to [***] of receipt.  Any requests from third parties to Service Provider to delete, rectify, block, or otherwise update the Confidential Information are prohibited. Box acknowledges that Box is responsible for deleting, rectifying, blocking, or updating the Confidential Information in response to an access request from Box’s customers, partners, and personnel, as applicable.

14. Subprocessing:  Service Provider agrees that any use of subcontractors with respect to the Confidential Information under the Lease is permitted provided that: (i) Service Provider provides Box with at least ninety (90) days prior notice of any such subcontracting, except to the extent otherwise set forth in the Lease or for services that may be subcontracted pursuant to the Lease; (ii) Service Provider flows down its obligations under this Section to protect the Confidential Information in full to any subcontractor it appoints, as applicable, such that the Confidential Information processing terms of the subcontract are no less onerous than the Confidential Information processing terms set out in this Section; and (iii) Service Provider will remain fully liable to Box for the acts, errors and omissions of any subcontractor it appoints to process the Confidential Information.

15. Data Breach.  In the event of a suspected breach with respect to the Confidential Information, Service Provider will notify Box within 24 hours of discovery of the breach and Service Provider shall do all such acts and things as Service Provider considers necessary in order to remedy or mitigate the effects of the breach and will continuously update Box of developments relating to the breach. In the event that any Confidential Information is lost, damaged or destroyed as a consequence of a breach, Service Provider shall promptly restore such Confidential Information to the last available backup.

16. Data Retention.  Service Provider will only retain the Confidential Information for as long as is necessary for the purposes for which it was collected and processed.  Service Provider will only maintain the Confidential Information in accordance with this Agreement that is adequate, relevant, and not excessive for the providing the Service Provider’s services set forth in the Lease.

17. Compliance with Laws and Security Procedures:  The Service Provider will comply with all applicable laws and the Service Provider’s written security procedures (including, without limitation, procedures relating to Box’s facilities and materials, the Confidential Information, and if applicable any Software) that are in effect during the term of the Lease for the security of the Confidential Information.

18. Permitted Uses and Disclosures of Confidential Information:  The Service Provider will not use or disclose any Confidential Information contrary to the provisions of this Agreement and any use or disclosure of any Confidential Information is specifically and expressly limited to the use or disclosure that is necessary to perform the services pursuant to the Lease. In addition, unless authorized by Box, Service Provider will not use or permit others to use Confidential Information to offer products or services, or otherwise commercially exploit Confidential Information.

19. [***]

20. [***]

Vantage Confidential and Proprietary

 

	
 

[***]
	
 

Information has been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

Execution Version 

ALTA MESA HOLDINGS, LP, 

ALTA MESA FINANCE SERVICES CORP. 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 

AND 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION 
 AS TRUSTEE 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of December 8, 2016 
  

 
 7.875% Senior
Notes due 2024 
  
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	 ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	   
   

			
	SECTION 1.1.	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	SECTION 1.2.	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	37	  
	SECTION 1.3.	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	38	  
	SECTION 1.4.	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	39	  
	
	 ARTICLE II

THE SECURITIES
	   
   

			
	SECTION 2.1.	 	 Form, Dating and Terms
	  	 	39	  
	SECTION 2.2.	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 2.3.	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 2.4.	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 2.5.	 	 Securityholder Lists
	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.6.	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.7.	 	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period
	  	 	53	  
	SECTION 2.8.	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	53	  
	SECTION 2.9.	 	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	 	54	  
	SECTION 2.10.	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities
	  	 	55	  
	SECTION 2.11.	 	 Outstanding Securities
	  	 	56	  
	SECTION 2.12.	 	 Temporary Securities
	  	 	56	  
	SECTION 2.13.	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	57	  
	SECTION 2.14.	 	 Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest
	  	 	57	  
	SECTION 2.15.	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	58	  
	SECTION 2.16.	 	 CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	58	  
	
	 ARTICLE III

COVENANTS
	   
   

			
	SECTION 3.1.	 	 Payment of Securities
	  	 	59	  
	SECTION 3.2.	 	 Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock
	  	 	59	  
	SECTION 3.3.	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	62	  
	SECTION 3.4.	 	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	67	  
	SECTION 3.5.	 	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	 	70	  
	SECTION 3.6.	 	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	73	  
	SECTION 3.7.	 	 Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	 	73	  
	SECTION 3.8.	 	 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
	  	 	73	  
	SECTION 3.9.	 	 Purchase of Securities Upon a Change of Control
	  	 	75	  

  
 -i- 

							
	SECTION 3.10.	 	 Provision of Financial Information
	  	 	77	  
	SECTION 3.11.	 	 Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	 	78	  
	SECTION 3.12.	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 3.13.	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 3.14.	 	 Payment of Taxes
	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 3.15.	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 3.16.	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	80	  
	SECTION 3.17.	 	 Business Activities
	  	 	80	  
	
	 ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR COMPANY
	   
   

			
	SECTION 4.1.	 	 Merger and Consolidation
	  	 	80	  
	
	 ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
	   
   

			
	SECTION 5.1.	 	 Redemption
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 5.2.	 	 Applicability of Article
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 5.3.	 	 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 5.4.	 	 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 5.5.	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 5.6.	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 5.7.	 	 Securities Payable on Redemption Date
	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 5.8.	 	 Securities Redeemed in Part
	  	 	85	  
	
	 ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	   
   

			
	SECTION 6.1.	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	85	  
	SECTION 6.2.	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 6.3.	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 6.4.	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 6.5.	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 6.6.	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 6.7.	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 6.8.	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 6.9.	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 6.10.	 	 Priorities
	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 6.11.	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	90	  
	
	 ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE
	   
   

			
	SECTION 7.1.	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	91	  
	SECTION 7.2.	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	92	  
	SECTION 7.3.	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 7.4.	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	94	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	SECTION 7.5.	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 7.6.	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 7.7.	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 7.8.	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 7.9.	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 7.10.	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 7.11.	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers
	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 7.12.	 	 Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers
	  	 	97	  
	
	 ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	   
   

			
	SECTION 8.1.	 	 Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance
	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 8.2.	 	 Conditions to Defeasance
	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 8.3.	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	100	  
	SECTION 8.4.	 	 Repayment to the Issuers
	  	 	100	  
	SECTION 8.5.	 	 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations
	  	 	100	  
	SECTION 8.6.	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	100	  
	
	 ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS
	   
   

			
	SECTION 9.1.	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 9.2.	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	102	  
	SECTION 9.3.	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 9.4.	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 9.5.	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Securities
	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 9.6.	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	 	104	  
	
	 ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE
	   
   

			
	SECTION 10.1.	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	104	  
	SECTION 10.2.	 	 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge
	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 10.3.	 	 Right of Contribution
	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 10.4.	 	 No Subrogation
	  	 	107	  
	
	 ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS
	   
   

			
	SECTION 11.1.	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	107	  
	SECTION 11.2.	 	 Notices
	  	 	107	  
	SECTION 11.3.	 	 Communication by Holders with other Holders
	  	 	108	  
	SECTION 11.4.	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 11.5.	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 11.6.	 	 When Securities Disregarded
	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 11.7.	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 11.8.	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	109	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	SECTION 11.9.	 	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 11.10.	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 11.11.	 	 Successors
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 11.12.	 	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 11.13.	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 11.14.	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 11.15.	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	110	  

 EXHIBIT A Form of the Note 

EXHIBIT B Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Subsidiary Guarantors 

  
 -iv- 

 This INDENTURE dated as of December 8, 2016, among Alta Mesa Holdings, LP, a Texas limited
partnership (the “Company”), and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined
herein) and U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”), as trustee. 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of
the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuers’ 7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Securities”), the Holders of any Additional Securities (as defined
herein) issued hereafter and, if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Securities or any Additional Securities as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Exchange Securities (as hereinafter defined): 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS
AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person
becomes or is merged with and into a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or
contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes or is merged
with and into a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets. 

“Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any properties or assets (other than current assets) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the Oil and Gas Business; or

 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in the Oil and Gas Business. 

“Additional Interest” means the interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the
exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional
Securities” means any Securities (other than the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.2, as part of the same series as the Initial Securities to the extent
outstanding and any Exchange Securities then outstanding. 

 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” of the Company means (without
duplication), as of the date of determination, the remainder of: 
 (a) the sum of: 

(i) discounted future net revenues from proved oil and gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated
in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal income taxes, as estimated by the Company in a reserve report prepared as of the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are
available, or, at the Company’s option, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, in each case which reserve report is prepared, reviewed or audited by independent petroleum engineers, as increased
by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from 
 (A) estimated proved oil and gas
reserves acquired since such year end, which reserves were not reflected in such year end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, and 

(B) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to extensions, discoveries and other additions and upward revisions of
estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such year end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities, which would, in accordance with standard industry practice,
cause such revisions (including the impact to proved reserves and future net revenues from estimated development costs incurred and the accretion of discount since such period end), 

and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from 

(C) estimated proved oil and gas reserves produced or disposed of since such year end or quarter end, as applicable, and 

(D) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to downward revisions of estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such
year end or quarter end, as applicable, due to changes in geological conditions or other factors which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions, in each case calculated on a pre-tax basis and substantially in
accordance with SEC guidelines, 
 in the case of clauses (A) through (D) calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (using the
prices and costs utilized in such year end or quarterly report, as applicable); provided, however, that in the case of each of the determinations made pursuant to clauses (A) through (D), such increases and decreases shall be as
estimated by the Company’s petroleum engineers; 
 (ii) the capitalized costs that are attributable to Oil and Gas
Properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which no proved oil and gas reserves are attributable, based on the Company’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest available annual or
quarterly financial statements; 

  
 -2- 

 (iii) the Net Working Capital of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest annual or quarterly financial statements; and 
 (iv) the greater
of 
 (A) the net book value of other tangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of a date no earlier
than the date of the Company’s latest annual or quarterly financial statements, and 
 (B) the appraised value, as
estimated by independent appraisers, of other tangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest quarterly or annual period for which financial statements are available;
provided, that, if no such appraisal has been performed the Company shall not be required to obtain such an appraisal and only clause (iv)(A) of this definition shall apply; 

minus 
 (b) the sum of: 

(i) Minority Interests; 

(ii) any net gas balancing liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in the Company’s latest
annual or quarterly balance sheet (to the extent not deducted in calculating Net Working Capital of the Company in accordance with clause (a)(iii) above of this definition); 

(iii) to the extent included in (a)(i) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines
(but utilizing prices and costs used in such year end or quarterly report, as applicable), attributable to reserves which are required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
with respect to Volumetric Production Payments (determined, if applicable, using the schedules specified with respect thereto); and 

(iv) the discounted future net revenues, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to reserves subject to
Dollar-Denominated Production Payments which, based on the estimates of production and price assumptions included in determining the discounted future net revenues specified in (a)(i) above, would be necessary to fully satisfy the payment
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments (determined, if applicable, using the schedules specified with respect thereto). 

If the Company changes its method of accounting from the successful efforts method of accounting to the full cost or a similar method,
“Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” will continue to be calculated as if the Company were still using the successful efforts method of accounting. 

  
 -3- 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (including by means of Production Payments and Reserve Sales and
a Sale/Leaseback Transaction but excluding an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that
are part of a common plan, of (A) any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or
(B) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), in
each case by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions: 

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or other financial assets in the ordinary course of business; 

(3) a disposition of Hydrocarbons in the ordinary course of business; 

(4) a disposition of damaged, unserviceable, obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer necessary for the
proper conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business; 

(5) transactions in accordance with Section 4.1; 

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(7) the making of a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Payment (or a disposition that would constitute a Restricted Payment
but for the exclusions from the definition thereof) permitted by Section 3.3; 
 (8) an Asset Swap; 

  
 -4- 

 (9) dispositions of assets with a Fair Market Value of less than $10.0 million in
any single transaction or series of related transactions; 
 (10) Permitted Liens; 

(11) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of
business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 
 (12) the licensing or
sublicensing of intellectual property (including the licensing of seismic data or rights to access and use seismic data libraries); 

(13) any Production Payments and Reserve Sales pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably
customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical or management services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14) surrender or waiver of contract rights, oil and gas leases, or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or
other claims of any kind; and 
 (15) the abandonment, assignment, farmout, lease, sublease, forfeiture or other disposition
of developed or undeveloped Oil and Gas Properties in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Asset Swap” means any
substantially contemporaneous (and in any event occurring within 180 days of each other) purchase and sale or exchange of any Oil and Gas Properties between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that
any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Disposition. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.
Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a
Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligation.” 

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient
obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such
Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Bankruptcy Law”
means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal or state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 

  
 -5- 

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule
13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms
“Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors”
means, as to any Person that is a corporation, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof or as to any Person that is not a corporation, the board of managers or such other individual or group serving a similar
function. For long as the Company is a limited partnership, the board of directors of the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Board of Directors of the Company. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been
duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification. 

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any time a determination thereof is to be made, the current maximum amount determined or
re-determined by the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement as the aggregate lending value to be ascribed to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries against which such lenders are prepared to provide
loans, letters of credit or other Indebtedness to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, using their customary practices and standards for determining conforming reserve based loans and which are
generally applied by commercial bank lenders to similar borrowers with similar Oil and Gas Properties as those of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined semi-annually during each year and/ or on such other occasions as may be
provided for by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, and which is based upon, inter alia, the review by such lenders of the hydrocarbon reserves, royalty interests and assets and liabilities of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New
York, New York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares,
units, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or
exchangeable for, such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and
accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is
to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 

  
 -6- 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances
having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the short-term deposit of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P,
or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; 

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(1), (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5)
commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” by S&P or “P-2” by Moody’s, and in either case maturing within nine months after the date of acquisition thereof; and 

(6) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type
specified in clauses (1) through (5) above. 
 “Change of Control” means: 

(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the General Partner (or, following the conversion of the Company into another
form as described below, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the successor entity to the Company), in each case which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days thereafter; 

(2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a 

  
 -7- 

 
whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than to the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Permitted Holder, in each case
which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days thereafter; or 
 (3) the adoption by the members of the
General Partner or the partners of the Company (or, following the conversion of the Company into another form as described below, its equity holders) of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion (whether by merger, statutory conversion or otherwise) of the Company from a limited partnership
to a limited liability company or corporation or an exchange of all of the outstanding partnership interests in the Company for Capital Stock in a corporation or a limited liability company, shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as
following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the General Partner and the Company immediately prior to such transactions
continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate sufficient Capital Stock of such successor entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such successor entity. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Co-Issuer” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first introductory paragraph of this Indenture, together with its
successors and assigns. 
 “Commodity Agreements” means, in respect of any Person, any forward contract, commodity swap
agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement in respect of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by such Person that is customary in the Oil and Gas Business and designed to protect such Person against
fluctuation in Hydrocarbon prices. 
 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock (however
designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person other than any Preferred Stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, all series and classes of such Capital Stock. 

“Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first introductory paragraph of this Indenture, together with its successors
and assigns. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means, for any Person, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are in existence to
(y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that: 
 (1) if the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

  
 -8- 

 (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains
outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDAX and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be
calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and such proceeds had been applied as of such date
(except that in making such computation, the amount of any revolving credit Indebtedness outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or
such shorter period during which such Indebtedness was outstanding or (ii) if such revolving credit Indebtedness was Incurred after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the
date of Incurrence of such revolving credit Indebtedness to the date of such calculation, in each case, provided that such average daily balance shall take into account any permanent repayment of such revolving credit Indebtedness as provided
in clause (b)); or 
 (b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of
the period, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of
Indebtedness (in each case other than any revolving credit Indebtedness, unless such revolving credit Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDAX and Consolidated Interest Expense for such
period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 

(2) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has made any Asset Disposition or if the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDAX for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDAX (if positive) directly
attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDAX (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the
Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with or with the proceeds from such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 

  
 -9- 

 (3) if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition (or has received a
contribution) of assets, including any acquisition or contribution of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made under this Indenture, which constitutes all or substantially all of a Company, division,
operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDAX and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any
Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition or contribution had occurred on the first day of such period; and 
 (4)
if, since the beginning of such period, any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) made any Asset Disposition or any Investment
or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDAX and Consolidated Interest Expense for such
period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition or Investment or acquisition of assets had occurred on the first day of such period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations
will be determined on behalf of the Company in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company; provided that such officer may in his or her discretion include any reasonably identifiable and factually supportable
pro forma changes to Consolidated EBITDAX, including any pro forma expenses and cost reductions, that have occurred or in the judgment of such officer are reasonably expected to occur within 12 months of the date of the applicable transaction
(regardless of whether such expense or cost reduction or any other operating improvements could then be reflected properly in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any other regulation
or policy of the SEC). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of such period to the
date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness, but if the remaining term of such Interest Rate Agreement is less than 12 months, then such
Interest Rate Agreement shall only be taken into account for that portion of the period equal to the remaining term thereof). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a
prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary may designate. 

  
 -10- 

 “Consolidated EBITDAX” for any period means, without duplication, the
Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following, without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense; 

(2) Consolidated Income Tax Expense; 

(3) consolidated depletion and depreciation expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries recorded in
connection with the application of ASC-350 and ASC-360; 
 (5) other non-cash charges of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation);
and 
 (6) the consolidated exploration and abandonment expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, 

if applicable for such period; and less, to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income and in excess of any costs or expenses
attributable thereto that were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (x) the amount of deferred revenues that is amortized during such period and is attributable to reserves that are subject to
Volumetric Production Payments, (y) amounts recorded in accordance with GAAP as repayments of principal and interest pursuant to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments and (z) other non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent
it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDAX in any prior period). 

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (6) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary will be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDAX of the Company only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of the Company
and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in
Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its
charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or the holders of its Capital Stock. 

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, with respect to any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign
taxes (including state franchise taxes) based on income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, or (for any period in which the Company is a partnership) the Tax Amount for such period.

  
 -11- 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total consolidated
interest expense (excluding interest income and any interest expense attributable to any Founder Note) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense and without
duplication: 
 (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt and the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations; 
 (2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (provided
that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense); 

(3) non-cash interest expense; 

(4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance
financing; 
 (5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by the Company or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (6) cash
costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of fees); provided, however, that if Interest Rate Agreements result in net cash benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated
Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income; 
 (7) the
consolidated interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; and 

(8) all dividends paid or payable in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness, or accrued during such period, in each case on any
series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary. 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described
in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness,” the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (8) above) relating to any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.” 

  
 -12- 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (loss)
of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends of such Person, less (for any period the Company is a partnership) the Tax Amount for such period; provided,
however, that there will not be included (to the extent otherwise included therein) in such Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Company) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

 (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) and (4) below, the Company’s equity in the net
income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other
distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and 

(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period will be included in determining such
Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; 

(2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or
indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that: 

(a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) and (4) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of
any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and 

(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining
such Consolidated Net Income; 
 (3) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or
equipment of the Company or its Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any
Capital Stock of any Person; 

  
 -13- 

 (4) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses, together with any related
provision for taxes (and, without duplication, any related Permitted Tax Distributions) on such gains or losses and all related fees and expenses; 

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 

(6) any asset impairment writedowns on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines; 

(7) any unrealized non-cash gains or losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from the
application of ASC-815); 
 (8) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including operations disposed of
during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued); 
 (9) all deferred financing costs
written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness; and 
 (10) any non-cash
compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards; provided that the proceeds resulting from any such grant will be excluded from clause (ii) of the amounts available for Restricted Payments
pursuant to clause (4)(c) in Section 3.3. 
 “Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement), indentures, or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, capital market financings, private
placements, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit from banks or other institutional lenders or
investors (whether accredited or non-accredited), in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with
the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Secured Credit Agreement or any other credit or other agreement or indenture). 

“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract,
option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 
 “Custodian” means any
receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Default” means any
event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Securities” means
certificated Securities. 

  
 -14- 

 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash
consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less
the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself
Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for
Disqualified Stock or other Indebtedness (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); or 

(3) is required to be repurchased by such Person at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Securities or (b) on which
there are no Securities outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so required to be repurchased at the option of the holder thereof
prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) provide that (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all
such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with Section 3.9 and Section 3.5 and
(ii) such repurchase or redemption will be permitted solely to the extent also permitted in accordance with Section 3.3. 

“Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with
GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

  
 -15- 

 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective
successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuers. 
 “Equity Offering”
means a public or private offering for cash by the Company of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or any cash capital contributions received by the Company from any of its partners. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Exchange Securities” means Securities issued in an exchange offer for Initial Securities or Additional
Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or
property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value of an
asset or property in excess of $20.0 million shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors, and any lesser Fair
Market Value may be determined by an officer of the Company acting in good faith. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and that conducts substantially all of its operations outside the United States of America. 

“Founder Notes” means (a) the Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated March 25, 2014 made by Galveston
Bay Resources, LP in favor of Michael E. Ellis in the original principal amount of $345,523.89, (b) the Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated March 25, 2014 made by the Company in favor of Michael E. Ellis in the original
principal amount of $11,561,550.87, and (c) the Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated March 25, 2014 made by Petro Acquisitions, LP in favor of Michael E. Ellis in the original principal amount of $178,278.21, in each case, as
in effect on the Issue Date and as they may be amended, restated or otherwise supplemented, replaced or refinanced in accordance with the Indenture. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date. All
ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP. 
 “General
Partner” means Alta Mesa Holdings GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and its successors as general partner of the Company. 

“guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness
of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
 (1) to purchase or
pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to
take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

  
 -16- 

 (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such
Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided, however, that the
term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or any obligation to the extent it is payable only in Capital Stock of the guarantor that is not Disqualified Stock. The term
“guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with
respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under
its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of
such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement. 
 “Holder” or
“Securityholder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register. 

“Hydrocarbons” means oil, natural gas, casing head gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid
hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom. 

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary with no Indebtedness in excess of $500,000, and
whose total assets, as of the end of the most recent month for which financial statements are available, taken together with those of all other Immaterial Subsidiaries, are less than 1.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets and whose total revenues, taken together with those of all other Immaterial Subsidiaries, for the most recent 12-month period for which financial statements are available do not exceed 1.0% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues
for such period. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable
for, contingently or otherwise; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed
to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

  
 -17- 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination
(without duplication, whether or not contingent): 
 (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of
such Person for borrowed money; 
 (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
 (3) the principal component of all obligations of such
Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and except to the
extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such obligation is satisfied within five Business Days of payment on the letter of credit); 

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property, which
purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto to the extent such obligations would appear as liabilities upon the consolidated balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with GAAP, or as obligor on conditional sales of property or under any title retention agreement; 
 (5)
Capitalized Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt of such Person; 
 (6) the principal component or liquidation preference
of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or
not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such
Indebtedness of such other Persons; 
 (8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent guaranteed
by such Person; and 
 (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under
Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such
Person at such time); 
 provided, however, that any indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit
of cash or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all such indebtedness obligations at maturity or redemption, as applicable, and all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole
benefit of the holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, shall not constitute “Indebtedness.” 

  
 -18- 

 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date
of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, “Indebtedness” shall not include: 

(1) Production Payments and Reserve Sales; 

(2) any obligation of a Person in respect of a farm-in agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all
or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest
therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property; 

(3) any obligations under Currency Agreements, Commodity Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such
Agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, whether or not accounted for as a hedge in
accordance with GAAP) and, in the case of Currency Agreements or Commodity Agreements, such Currency Agreements or Commodity Agreements are related to business transactions of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary
course of business and, in the case of Interest Rate Agreements, such Interest Rate Agreements substantially correspond in terms of notional amount, duration and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries Incurred without violation of this Indenture; 
 (4) any obligation arising from customary agreements of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, guarantees, adjustment of purchase price, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or
disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the face of the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(5) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
(including daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; 

(6) in-kind obligations relating to net oil or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 (7) accrued expenses and trade payables and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are
not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted. 

  
 -19- 

 In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the
first paragraph of this definition of “Indebtedness” whether or not it would appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if: 

(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a joint venture or partnership that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint
Venture”); 
 (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture or
otherwise liable for all or a portion of the Joint Venture’s liabilities (a “general partner”); and 

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets
of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; 
 and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed: 

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the general partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent
that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or 

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness
that is with recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Purchasers” means the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 of the Purchase Agreement dated
October 7, 2010 among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and such initial purchasers relating to the Initial Securities. 

“Initial Securities” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first introductory paragraph of this Indenture, together with any
Security issued upon registration of transfer thereof of or in exchange therefor. 
 “Initial Unrestricted Subsidiaries”
means Alta Mesa Drilling, LLC, Brayton Management GP, LLC, Brayton Management GP II, LLC, Brayton Resources, L.P., Brayton Resources II, L.P., FBB Anadarko, LLC, LEADS Resources, LLC, Louisiana Exploration & Acquisition Partnership, LLC,
New Exploration Technologies Co., LLC, Orion Operating Company, LP, Sundance Acquisition, LLC, TE TMR, LLC, TMR Equipment, LLC. 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future
agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a
beneficiary. 

  
 -20- 

 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person
in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank
deposit other than a time deposit and advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services
for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments (excluding any interest in an oil or natural gas leasehold to the extent constituting a security under applicable law)
issued by, such other Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment: 

(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture; and 

(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business. 

The amount of any Investment shall not be adjusted for increases or decreases in value, write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

 For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 3.3, 

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted
Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to 

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion
(proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such
transfer. 
 “Issue Date” means the first date on which the Securities are issued under this Indenture. 

“Issuers” means the Persons named as the “Issuers” in the first introductory paragraph of this instrument until a
successor Person or Persons shall become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuers” shall mean such successor Person or Persons. 

  
 -21- 

 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or
otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement not intended as a security agreement. 
 “Minority
Interest” means the percentage interest represented by any class of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that are not owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of
deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other
consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net
of: 
 (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and
expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes (or Permitted Tax Distributions in respect thereof) required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any
Hedging Obligation or other Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset
Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and
other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures or to holders of royalty or similar interests as a result of such Asset Disposition; 

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any
liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and 

  
 -22- 

 (5) all relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof and all related
severance and associated costs, expenses and charges of personnel related to assets and related operations disposed of; 
 provided, however, that if
any consideration for an Asset Disposition (that would otherwise constitute Net Available Cash) is required to be held in escrow pending determination of whether or not a purchase price adjustment will be made, such consideration (or any portion
thereof) shall become Net Available Cash only at such time as it is released to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from escrow. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any contribution to equity capital, means the
cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges
actually Incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements). 

“Net Working Capital” means (a) the sum of all current assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except
current assets from commodity price risk management activities arising in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business, (other than accounts receivable with respect to any non-contingent periodic settlement payments due thereunder), less
(b) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except current liabilities (i) associated with asset retirement obligations relating to Oil and Gas Properties, (ii) included in Indebtedness and
(iii) any current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from commodity price risk management activities arising in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business, (other than accounts payable with respect to any
non-contingent periodic settlement payments due thereunder), in each case as set forth in the consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any guarantee or credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against
an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse
against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -23- 

 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in
Regulation S). 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of
a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary
obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated December 2, 2016, relating to the offering by the Issuers of
the Initial Securities. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of an Issuer. Officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning, and in the case of the Company (so long as it is a limited partnership),
Officer means an Officer of its General Partner. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers
of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company. 

“Oil and Gas Business” means (a) the business of exploiting, exploring for, developing, acquiring, operating, producing,
processing, gathering, marketing, storing, selling, hedging, treating, swapping and transporting (but not refining) Hydrocarbons, and (b) any activity that is ancillary to or necessary or appropriate for any of the activities described in
clause (a) of this definition. 
 “Oil and Gas Properties” means any and all rights, titles, interests and estates in
and to (1) oil or gas leases or (2) other liquid or gaseous Hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests, overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, in each case including any reserved or
residual interests of whatever nature. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable
to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers, a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee. 
 “Pari Passu
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be. 

“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct
Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56, as amended, and signed into law October 26, 2001. 

  
 -24- 

 “Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (including Disqualified
Stock) of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness was Indebtedness: 
 (1) of an
acquired Person prior to the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of having been acquired and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; or 

(2) of a Person that was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was not incurred in
contemplation of such merger or consolidation, 
 provided that on the date such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or the date such Person was
merged or consolidated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a). 
 “Permitted Business Investment” means any Investment made in the
ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements
regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of the Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties including: 

(1) ownership interests in oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbon and mineral properties, processing facilities, gathering
systems, pipelines, storage facilities or related systems or ancillary real property interests; and 
 (2) Investments in the
form of or pursuant to operating agreements, working interests, royalty interests, mineral leases, processing agreements, farm-in agreements, farm-out agreements, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil, natural gas, other
Hydrocarbons and minerals, production sharing agreements, participation agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling agreements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture
agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), subscription agreements, stock purchase agreements, stockholder agreements and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties. 

“Permitted Holder” means any of the following (A) (i) Mike Ellis, Mickey Ellis and their children, estates, heirs
or lineal descendants, (ii) Harlan H. Chappelle, his spouse and his children, estates, heirs or lineal descendants (including by adoption), (iii) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons listed in clauses
(A)(i) or (ii) above, and (iv) any Person a majority of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled by one or more of the Persons referred to in clauses (A)(i), (ii) or (iii); (B) HPS Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and its successors and any of its Affiliates and any holder, fund or account managed or controlled by HPS Investment Partners, LLC or any Affiliate of HPS Partners, LLC (other than any operating company in which it has a
portfolio investment), 

  
 -25- 

 
(C) BCE-Mesa Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and its successors and any of its Affiliates, and any holder, fund or account managed or controlled by Bayou City Energy
Management, LLC or any Affiliate of Bayou City Energy Management, LLC (other than any operating company in which it has a portfolio investment), and (D) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the forgoing are members. 
 “Permitted Investment” means an
Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in: 
 (1) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) another Person whose primary business is the Oil and Gas Business if as a result of such Investment such other Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted
Subsidiary is the Oil and Gas Business; 
 (3) cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and
payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 (5) payroll, commission, travel, relocation, expense and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time
of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) loans or advances to employees (other than executive officers) made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (7) Capital Stock or other securities received in settlement of debts (x) created in the
ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or (y) pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding; 

(8) any Person as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in
compliance with Section 3.5; 
 (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date; 

(10) Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements described in clause (3) of the penultimate
paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness,” and related Hedging Obligations; 

  
 -26- 

 (11) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 3.2; 

(12) Permitted Business Investments; 

(13) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and
lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14) guarantees of performance or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas
Business, including obligations under oil and natural gas exploration, development, joint operating, and related agreements and licenses, concessions or operating leases related to the Oil and Gas Business; 

(15) Investments in the Securities; 

(16) Investments made after the Issue Date in Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to
exceed $10.0 million; and 
 (17) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other
Investments pursuant to this clause (17), in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of (i) $40.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness under a Credit Facility permitted to be Incurred under clause (1) of
Section 3.2(b); 
 (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws, social security or old age pension laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits
(which may be secured by a Lien) to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person including letters of credit and bank guarantees required or requested by the United States, any State thereof or any foreign government or any subdivision,
department, agency, organization or instrumentality of any of the foregoing in connection with any contract or statute (including lessee or operator obligations under statutes, governmental regulations, contracts or instruments related to the
ownership, exploration and production of oil, natural gas, other hydrocarbons and minerals on state, federal or foreign lands or waters), or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure indemnity performance, surety or appeal bonds
or other similar bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(3) statutory and contractual Liens of landlords and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s,
mechanics’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall
have been made in respect thereof; 

  
 -27- 

 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet
subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves, if any, required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

(5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and
for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (6) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases,
easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or
irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties or assets which do not in the aggregate materially adversely
affect the value of the properties or assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(7) Liens arising from the deposit of funds or securities in trust for the purpose of decreasing or defeasing Indebtedness so
long as such deposit of funds or securities and such decreasing or defeasing of Indebtedness are permitted under the covenant described under Section 3.2; 

(8) Liens arising from leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of any property or assets (including real property and
intellectual property rights) entered into in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business; 
 (9) prejudgment Liens and
judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period
within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all
or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions to, assets or property acquired or
constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that: 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 

  
 -28- 

 (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of the later of the acquisition,
lease, completion of improvements, construction, repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other
than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 
 (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any
statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that: 

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the
Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and 
 (b) such deposit account
is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; 
 (12)
Liens arising from deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure any liability to insurance carriers; 
 (13)
Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
 (14) Liens on any property or assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other
property or assets owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any property or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto); 

(15) Liens on any property or assets at the time the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquired the property or assets,
including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
acquisition; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property or assets owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any property or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto); 

(16) Liens securing the Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees and any other Obligations under this Indenture; 

(17) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness described under clauses (10), (13), (14),
(15) or this clause (17) that was previously so secured, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose,
could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property or assets that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder; 

  
 -29- 

 (18) any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease; 

(19) Liens arising under farm-out agreements, farm-in agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, purchase, exchange,
transportation, gathering or processing of Hydrocarbons, unitizations and pooling designations, declarations, orders and agreements, development agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, operating agreements, royalties, working
interests, net profits interests, joint interest billing arrangements, participation agreements, production sales contracts, area of mutual interest agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling
agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements that are customary in the Oil and Gas Business; provided, however, in all instances that such Liens are limited to the
property or assets that are the subject of the relevant agreement, program, order or contract; 
 (20) Liens on pipelines or
pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law; 
 (21) Liens in favor of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary
Guarantor; and 
 (22) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time, added
together with all other Indebtedness secured by Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (22), not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

In each case set forth above, notwithstanding any stated limitation on the property or assets that may be subject to such Lien, a Permitted Lien on a
specified property or asset or group or type of properties or assets may include Liens on all improvements, additions and accessions thereto and all products and proceeds thereof (including dividends, distributions and increases in respect thereof).

 “Permitted Tax Distributions” means for any calendar year or portion thereof of the Company during which it is a
pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, payments and distributions to the partners of the Company on each estimated payment date as well as each other applicable due date to enable the partners of the Company (or, if any of them
are themselves a pass-through entity for US. Federal income tax purposes, their shareholders or partners) to make payments of U.S. federal and state income taxes (including estimates therefor) as a result of the operations of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the current and any previous calendar year, not to exceed an amount equal to the amount of each such partner’s (or, in the case of a pass-through entity, its shareholders’ or partners’) U.S. federal and state
income tax liability resulting solely from the pass-through tax treatment of such partner’s interest in the Company and as calculated pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of the Company as in effect on the Issue Date and as it may be
amended from time to time thereafter in a manner that is not, considered as a whole, materially adverse to the holders of the Securities. 

  
 -30- 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 

“Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Person
of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, production payment (whether volumetric or dollar denominated), partnership or other interest in Oil and Gas Properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or
the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production, subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to operate and
maintain, or cause the subject interests to be operated and maintained, in a reasonably prudent manner or other customary standard or subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to indemnify for environmental, title or other matters
customary in the Oil and Gas Business, including any such grants or transfers pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists or other providers of
technical or management services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “QIB” means any “qualified
institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Rating Category” means 

(1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor
categories); and 
 (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and
D (or equivalent successor categories). 
 “Rating Decline” means a decrease in the rating of the Notes by either
Moody’s or S&P by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories). In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating
Categories, namely + or – for S&P, and 1, 2, and 3 for Moody’s, will be taken into account; for example, in the case of S&P, a rating decline either from BB+ to BB or BB- to B+ will constitute a decrease of one gradation. 

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any redemption of Securities, the date of redemption with respect thereto. 

  
 -31- 

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund,
refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay, extend, prepay, redeem or retire (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance” and the terms “refinances” and “refinanced” shall
have correlative meanings) any Indebtedness (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary,
but excluding Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuers or another Subsidiary Guarantor), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness,
provided, however, that: 
 (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the
Stated Maturity of the Securities, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the
Stated Maturity of the Securities, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities; 

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or
greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an
aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then
outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest, premiums or defeasance costs required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees and expenses
Incurred in connection therewith); and 
 (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the
Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as
of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and, with respect to any Additional Securities, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Issuers and the other parties
thereto, as any such agreement may be amended from time to time. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities
Act. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Securities” means Initial Securities and Additional Securities bearing one of the restrictive legends described
in Section 2.1(d). 
 “Restricted Securities Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2). 

  
 -32- 

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company, including the
Co-Issuer, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property
now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities” means securities issued under this Indenture. The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Additional
Securities shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase and unless otherwise provided or the context otherwise requires, all
references to “the Securities” shall include the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Additional Securities. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77a-77aa), as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global
Security (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Senior Secured Credit
Agreement” means the Seventh Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 2016 among the Company, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and the lenders parties thereto from time
to time, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof with other
revolving credit facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing revolving credit facility
that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall
have the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the
payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally
scheduled for the payment thereof. 

  
 -33- 

 “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer
(whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Securities pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the Voting Stock or (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts,
distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person,
(2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary (other than in this definition) refers to a Subsidiary of the
Company. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any guarantee of payment of the Securities by a Subsidiary
Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such guarantees. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is a guarantor of the Securities, including any Person that
is required after the Issue Date to guarantee the Securities pursuant to Section 3.11, in each case until a successor replaces such Person pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means such successor;
provided, however, that the Co-Issuer shall not be a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Tax Amount” means, for any period,
the combined federal, state and local income taxes, including estimated taxes, that would be payable by the Company if it were a Texas corporation filing separate tax returns with respect to its Taxable Income for such period; provided that
in determining the Tax Amount, the effect thereon of any net operating loss carryforwards or other carryforwards or tax attributes, such as alternative minimum tax carryforwards, that would have arisen if the Company were a Texas corporation shall
be taken into account; provided, further, that, if there is an adjustment in the amount of the Taxable Income for any period, an appropriate positive or negative adjustment shall be made in the Tax Amount, and if the Tax Amount is negative,
then the Tax Amount for succeeding periods shall be reduced to take into account such negative amount until such negative amount is reduced to zero. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tax Amount shall not include taxes resulting from the
Company’s reorganization as, or change in the status to, a corporation for tax purposes. 
 “Taxable Income” means,
for any period, the taxable income or loss of the Company for such period for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
 “TIA” or
“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

  
 -34- 

 “Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within
the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by
the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for
the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Co-Issuer) that at the time of determination shall be designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (3) initially, the Initial Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or
a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or
own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times
thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (3) on the date of such designation, such designation and the Investment of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3; 
 (4) such Subsidiary is a
Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; 
 (5) such Subsidiary,
either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and 

(6) such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary with terms less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company. 

  
 -35- 

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee
by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary
would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such
date. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under
Section 3.2(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations”
means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of
the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or
interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such
depositary receipt. 
 “Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue
in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith. 
 “Voting Stock” of a
Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of members of such Person’s Board of Directors. 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’
qualifying shares or other shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary. 

  
 -36- 

 SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in

Section

	“Additional Restricted Securities”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	3.8
		
	“Agent Members”	  	2.1(e)(ii)
		
	“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”	  	3.5
		
	“Asset Disposition Offer Period”	  	3.5
		
	“Asset Disposition Offer”	  	3.5
		
	“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”	  	3.5
		
	“Authenticating Agent”	  	2.2
		
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	3.9
		
	“Change of Control Payment”	  	3.9(1)
		
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	  	3.9(2)
		
	“Clearstream”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“covenant defeasance option”	  	8.1(b)
		
	“cross acceleration provision”	  	6.1(6)(b)
		
	“Defaulted Interest”	  	2.14
		
	“Euroclear”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Event of Default”	  	6.1
		
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	3.5
		
	“Exchange Global Note”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Global Securities”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Investment”	  	3.3(4)(c)(iv)(B)
		
	“Issuer Order”	  	2.2
		
	“Joint Venture”	  	1.1
		
	“judgment default provision”	  	6.1(9)

  
 -37- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in

Section

		
	“legal defeasance option”	  	8.1(b)
		
	“Notice of Default”	  	6.1(4); 6.1(5)
		
	“Pari Passu Securities”	  	3.5
		
	“Paying Agent”	  	2.3
		
	“payment default”	  	6.1(6)(a)
		
	“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“protected purchaser”	  	2.10
		
	“Registrar”	  	2.3
		
	“Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Resale Restriction Termination Date”	  	2.6(b)
		
	“Restricted Payment”	  	3.3
		
	“Restricted Period”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Rule 144A Global Note”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.1(b)
		
	“Securities Register”	  	2.3
		
	“Special Interest Payment Date”	  	2.14(a)
		
	“Special Record Date”	  	2.14(a)
		
	“Successor Company”	  	4.1(a)(1)
		
	“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1(b)

 SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the
mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 

  
 -38- 

 “indenture securities” means the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees. 

“indenture security holder” means a Securityholder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and any other obligor on the indenture
securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or
defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction. Unless the context
otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Securities in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the
United States of America; and 
 (7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other
words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 
 ARTICLE II

 THE SECURITIES 

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. 

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited, subject to
compliance with the other terms of this Indenture. The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture, including Section 3.2 hereof, Additional Securities (as provided herein) and Exchange Securities. Furthermore, Securities may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other
Securities pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.6, 2.10, 2.12, 5.8 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer
pursuant to Section 3.9. 

  
 -39- 

 The Securities shall be known and designated as “7.875% Senior Notes due 2024”
of the Issuers. 
 With respect to any Additional Securities, the Issuers shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution and
(b) (i) an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 (2) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Securities, including the date from which interest shall accrue;
and 
 (3) whether such Additional Securities shall be Restricted Securities issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 In authenticating and delivering Additional Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying
upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate required by Section 11.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Securities. 

The Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and the Exchange Securities shall be considered collectively as a single class for all
purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and the Exchange Securities will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the
Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities or the Exchange Securities shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 

If any of the terms of any Additional Securities are established by action taken pursuant to Board Resolutions of the Issuers, a copy of an
appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting
forth the terms of the Additional Securities. 
 (b) The Initial Securities are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement, dated December 2, 2016, among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Securities and any Additional Securities (if issued as Restricted Securities) (the “Additional Restricted
Securities”) shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Securities and Additional Restricted Securities may thereafter be transferred to,
among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Securities offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to
one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 

  
 -40- 

 Initial Securities and Additional Restricted Securities offered and sold to QIBs in the United
States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part
of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal
amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, as hereinafter provided. 

Initial Securities and any Additional Restricted Securities offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S
Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Security (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation
S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d)
(the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as
defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as Securities Custodian in the manner described in this
Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking,
société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Securities and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the
“Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to Non-U.S. Persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in another Global Security in accordance with the
transfer and certification requirements described herein. 
 Following the Restricted Period, Investors may hold their interests in the
Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations
which are participants in such systems. 
 The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by
DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of
the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Exchange Securities exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A
Notes and the Regulation S Notes shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this

  
 -41- 

 
Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange
Global Note shall be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as Securities Custodian, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than
one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. 
 The
Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Securities.” 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities shall be payable at the office
or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, and at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option
of the Issuers, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Securities Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United
States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. At the Issuers’ option, payments in respect of Securities represented by Definitive Securities (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) may be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar
account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if the Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately
preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 The Securities may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and in Section 2.1(d). The Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Securities.
Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit A. The terms of the Securities set forth in Exhibit A are part of
the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 

(c) Denominations. The Securities shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000
and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 -42- 

 (d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Security or an Additional
Security issued as a Restricted Security is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Security or an Additional Security issued as a Restricted Security is exchanged for an Exchange Security in connection with an
effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement: 
 (1) the
Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.
PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144 (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE PROVISIONS OF RULE 144(D) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (E) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO
EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST
CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S.
PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

  
 -43- 

 (2) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional
legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS GLOBAL SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW. 

NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED
CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. 
 (3) Each Global Security, whether or not an
Initial Security, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF
OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

(e) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Securities deposited with the Trustee, as
Securities Custodian. 
 (i) Each Global Security initially shall (x) be registered in the name of Cede & Co. as the nominee
of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as Securities Custodian and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). Transfers of a Global Security (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in
whole, but not in part, to DTC, its successors or their respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(e)(v) and 2.1(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest
in another Global Security, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in
the principal amount of the other Global Security. 

  
 -44- 

 
Any beneficial interest in one Global Security that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Security, or exchanged for an interest in another
Global Security, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Security and become an interest in the other Global Security and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and
other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Security for as long as it remains such an interest. 
 (ii)
Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the Securities Custodian or under such Global
Security, and DTC may be treated by the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization
furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security. 

(iii) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.1(f) to
beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Securities, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of
the beneficial interest in the Global Security to be transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Securities of like tenor
and amount. 
 (iv) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Security to beneficial owners pursuant to
Section 2.1(f), such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery,
to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations. 

(v) The registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that
may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities. 

(vi) Any Holder of a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such Global Security, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global
Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest
in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 

  
 -45- 

 (f) Definitive Securities. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in
Global Securities will not be entitled to receive Definitive Securities. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Securities in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global
Security upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Securities shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security if
(A) DTC notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Security or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order
to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice or (B) an Event of Default has occurred under this Indenture and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request
from DTC to issue Securities in certificated registered form. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the preceding sentence or in clause (A) or (B) of the preceding sentence, Definitive Securities delivered in
exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its customary procedures). 

(i) Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(iv) shall,
except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Security set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

(ii) If a Definitive Security is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee will (x) cancel
such Definitive Security, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Security equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire
principal amount of the canceled Definitive Security, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Security representing
the principal amount not so transferred. 
 (iii) If a Definitive Security is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Security,
(x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Security being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new
Definitive Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Security (in the
case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Security, the Issuers shall execute, and
the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Securities in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or
unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Securities, registered in the name of the Holder thereof. 

  
 -46- 

 (iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive
Security be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period. 

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Securities for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature. If
the Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Security. The signature of the Trustee on
a Security shall be conclusive evidence that such Security has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery: (1) Initial Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture (including Section 3.2), Additional Securities for original
issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Securities for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or upon resale under an effective Shelf Registration Statement, and only in exchange for Initial
Securities or Additional Securities of an equal principal amount and (4) when sold in connection with an effective registration statement, Initial Securities in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the
Issuers signed by one Officer of the Issuers (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Securities will be in the form of Definitive Securities or Global Securities, the amount of the Securities to be
authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities, Additional Securities or Exchange Securities. 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the
Securities. Any such instrument shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate
Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for
service of notices and demands. 
 In case the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or
Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor
Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as
aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, any of the Securities authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to 

  
 -47- 

 
time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Securities executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but
otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Securities surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery
Securities as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Securities shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or
upon registration of transfer of any Securities, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Securities at the time outstanding for Securities authenticated and delivered in
such new name. 
 SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain in the continental United States an office or
agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), and the Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which, if the Notes are issued in certificated form shall be in New York,
New York) where Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange (the “Securities Register”). The Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Registrar or Paying Agent. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar. 
 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or
Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each
such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuers or any of its wholly owned
Subsidiaries organized in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the
Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Securities at its corporate trust office in Houston, Texas. The Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided,
however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may
be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may
resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By no
later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay
such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by
such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities 

  
 -48- 

 
(whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or other obligors on the Securities), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor
in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith
deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities together with a full accounting thereof. If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by
such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy,
reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities. 
 SECTION
2.5. Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If
the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuers, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at
least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders and
the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) A Holder may transfer a Security (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Security (or a beneficial interest
therein) for another Security or Securities of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion
or other document required by this Section 2.6. The Trustee shall promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for the
purpose, and no transfer or exchange shall be effective until it is registered in such register. The transfer or exchange of any Security (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and
Section 2.1(e) and 2.1(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Security (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any
requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph. 

  
 -49- 

 (b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any
proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note prior to the date which is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any Affiliate of Issuers was the owner of such Securities (or any
predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 
 (i) a registration of transfer of a
Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Security that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it
has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in
order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note
to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC; and 

(ii) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon
receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuers, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information
satisfactory to it. 
 (c) Transfers of Regulations S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed
transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or
a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Security for its own account or an account with respect to which
it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has
received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order
to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and 
 (ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial
interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuers,
receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers. 
 After
the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.9 or any additional certification. 

  
 -50- 

 (d) Restricted Securities Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities
not bearing a Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Securities that do not bear a Restricted Securities Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities bearing a Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall
deliver only Securities that bear a Restricted Securities Legend unless (i) Initial Securities are being exchanged for Exchange Securities in an exchange offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Securities
shall not bear a Restricted Securities Legend, (ii) an Initial Security is being transferred pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement or other effective registration statement or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional
Securities sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend. 
 (e) Retention of Written
Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies
of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar. 

(f) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article
II, execute and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require the Holder to pay a
sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to
Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.10, 2.12, 3.5, 3.9, 5.8 or 9.5). 
 (iii) The Issuers (and the
Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security (A) for a period (1) of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or (2) beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and
ending on such interest payment date or (B) selected for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part. 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms
of Securities attached hereto as Exhibits A and B) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Security, whether or not such Security is overdue, and
none of the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

  
 -51- 

 (v) Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant
to Section 2.1(f) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Security set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

(vi) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (g) No Obligation of
the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, Agent Member or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the
payment of any amount or delivery of any Securities (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the
Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through DTC
subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its Agent Members and any beneficial owners. The Trustee shall have no obligation
or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among
Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (h) Affiliate
Holders. By accepting a beneficial interest in a Global Security, any Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuers agrees to give notice to the Issuers, the Trustee and the Registrar of the acquisition and its Affiliate status. 

(i) Global Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by
DTC. 

  
 -52- 

 SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period.

 [Date] 
 Alta Mesa Holdings, LP and Alta Mesa
Finance Services Corp. and 
 U.S. Bank National Association 

8 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100 
 Houston, Texas 77056 

Telecopy: (713) 212-3718 
 Attention: 

Mauri J. Cowen, Vice President 
 U.S. Bank National Association,

 Global Corporate Trust Services 
  

	 	Re:	Alta Mesa Holdings, LP and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp. (together as the “Issuers”) 

	 	    	7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This letter relates to Securities represented by a temporary global note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant
to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of December 8, 2016 relating to the Securities (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of
$[            ] principal amount of Securities represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such
Securities could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the
undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Securities represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Transferor]

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.8. [Reserved]. 

  
 -53- 

 SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S. 
 [Date] 
 Alta Mesa
Holdings, LP and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp. and 
 U.S. Bank National Association 

8 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100 
 Houston, Texas 77056 

Telecopy: (713) 212-3718 
 Attention: 

Mauri J. Cowen, Vice President 
 U.S. Bank National Association,

 Global Corporate Trust Services 
  

	 	Re:	Alta Mesa Holdings, LP and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp. (together as the “Issuers”) 

	 	    	7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $[            ] aggregate principal
amount of the Securities, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent
that: 
 (a) the offer of the Securities was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our
behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf
knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the
United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
 (d) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 In addition, if the sale is
made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2),
Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 
 We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers and, to
our knowledge, the transferee of the Securities [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon
this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have
the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Transferor]

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

  
 -54- 

 SECTION 2.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities. If a mutilated Security is
surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate a replacement Security if
the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Securityholder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee that such Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after
such Securityholder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or Trustee prior to the Security being
acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after
the delivery of such replacement Security, a protected purchaser of the Security for which such replacement Security was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Security, the Trustee or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such
replacement Security from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss,
damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the
Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired
by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or wrongfully
taken Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security. 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 2.10, the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to
cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith. 

  
 -55- 

 Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.10, every new
Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor upon the
Securities, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities
duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other
rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Securities. 
 SECTION
2.11. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding.
A Security does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Security; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes
hereunder, the provisions of Section 11.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities are
present at a meeting of Holders of Securities for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum,
consent or vote, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers shall not be considered outstanding. 

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.10 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement pursuant to
Section 2.10. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, by 11:00 a.m. (New York
City time) on a Redemption Date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or otherwise maturing, as
the case may be, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.12. Temporary Securities. In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until
such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all
rights, of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate
Definitive Securities. After the preparation of Definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for

  
 -56- 

 
that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall,
upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Securities representing an equal principal amount of Securities. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Securities shall
in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Securities. 
 SECTION 2.13.
Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Securities in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures including
delivery of a certificate describing such Securities disposed (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) or deliver canceled Securities to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by one Officer of the Issuers. If the
Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any of the Securities, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.13. The Issuers may not issue new Securities to replace Securities they have paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

 At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, transferred,
redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Security shall be returned by DTC or the Securities Custodian to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest
in a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Security, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be
reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such
reduction. 
 SECTION 2.14. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually
paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office
or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any interest on any Security which is payable,
but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest
on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Securities (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at its election in each case, as provided in
clause (a) or (b) below: 
 (a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in
whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor Securities) 

  
 -57- 

 
are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with
the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when
deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted
Interest, which date shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall promptly
notify the Trustee of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date
therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.2, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment
Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such
Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b). 
 (b) The Issuers may make payment
of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the
Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of,
transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security. 

SECTION 2.15. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months. 
 SECTION 2.16. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP”,
“Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided,
however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing
of any change in the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers. 

  
 -58- 

 ARTICLE III 

COVENANTS 
 SECTION 3.1.
Payment of Securities. The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) shall be considered paid on the date due if by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture
money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent they are required to do so by law, deduct
or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder. 
 SECTION
3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuers and any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness and issue Preferred Stock if on the date thereof: 
 (1) the Consolidated
Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.25 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of proceeds); and 

(2) no Default would occur as a consequence of, and no Event of Default would be continuing following, Incurring the
Indebtedness or its application. 
 (b) Section 3.2(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following: 

(1) Indebtedness under one or more Credit Facilities (including the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) Incurred pursuant to this
clause (1) by the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the greatest of (i) $300.0 million, (ii) 35.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
determined as of the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom, and (iii) the Borrowing Base at the time of incurrence; 

  
 -59- 

 (2) guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or
the Subsidiary Guarantees to at least the same extent as the Indebtedness being guaranteed, as the case may be; 
 (3)
Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (a)(i) if the Company is the obligor
on such Indebtedness and the obligee is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Securities and (ii) if a Subsidiary Guarantor is
the obligor of such Indebtedness and the obligee is neither the Company nor a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to
its Subsidiary Guarantee and (b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and
(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this Section 3.2(b)(3); 
 (4) Indebtedness
represented by (a) the Securities issued on the Issue Date and all Subsidiary Guarantees, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(b)(1), (3), (4)(a) and
(9) outstanding on the Issue Date), (c) any Exchange Securities and related Subsidiary Guarantees issued pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and (d) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness
described in this Section 3.2(b)(4) or Section 3.2(b)(5) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a); 

(5) Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness; 

(6) Indebtedness Incurred in respect of (a) self-insurance obligations or bid, plugging and abandonment, appeal,
reimbursement, performance, surety and similar bonds provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and any guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of such obligations or bonds and
(b) obligations represented by letters of credit for the account of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in order to provide security for workers’ compensation claims (in the case of both clauses (a) and (b) other than for an
obligation for money borrowed); 
 (7) Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor represented by Capitalized
Lease Obligations (whether or not incurred pursuant to Sale/Leaseback Transactions) or other Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition, construction, improvement or development of real or personal,

  
 -60- 

 
movable or immovable, property, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing, refinancing, renewing, defeasing or refunding all or any part of the purchase price or cost of acquisition,
construction, improvement or development of property used in the business of the Company or its Subsidiary Guarantors; provided that the aggregate principal amount incurred by the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this
Section 3.2(b)(7) outstanding at any time shall not exceed the greater of (x) $40.0 million and (y) 3.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and provided further that the principal amount of
any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 3.2(b)(7) did not in each case at the time of incurrence exceed the Fair Market Value, as determined in accordance with the definition of such term, of the acquired or constructed asset or
improvement so financed; 
 (8) Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease
the Securities or to satisfy and discharge the Indenture; 
 (9) in addition to the items referred to in Sections
3.2(b)(1) through (8) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
this clause (9) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and
in compliance with, this Section 3.2: 
 (1) in the event an item of that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more
than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and, subject to Section 3.2(c)(2) below
may later classify, reclassify or redivide all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 3.2; 

(2) any Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Indenture under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be deemed
Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.2(b)(1); 
 (3) guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of
credit supporting, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 

(4) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; 

(5) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.2 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision
permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.2 permitting such Indebtedness; and 

  
 -61- 

 (6) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal
amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Accrual of interest,
accrual of dividends, the amortization of debt discount or the accretion of accreted value and unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from the application of ASC-815) will not be deemed to be an
Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. 
 The Company will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries
to Incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if
such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, the Company shall be in Default of this Section 3.2). 

This Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured
or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral. 

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly
or indirectly, to: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on or in respect of its Capital
Stock (including any payment or distribution in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except: 

(a) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);
and 
 (b) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and if such Restricted Subsidiary is
not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation) so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata
share of such dividend or distribution; 
 (2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value
any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; 

(3) (a) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled
repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations 

  
 -62- 

 
(other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under Section 3.2(b)(3) or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated
Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement), or (b) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any payment on, the Founder Notes; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person; 

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Restricted Investment
referred to in clauses (1) through (4) is referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 

(a) a Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom); 

(b) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving
effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 
 (c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all
other Restricted Payments declared or made on or after October 13, 2010 (other than under clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), and (11) of the next paragraph) would exceed the sum of the following: 

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income accrued on a cumulative basis for the period (treated as one accounting period) from
October 1, 2010 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are in existence (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such
deficit); 
 (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of any Capital Stock of Persons engaged
primarily in the Oil and Gas Business or assets used in the Oil and Gas Business, in each case received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or from cash capital contributions subsequent to
October 13, 2010 (excluding (A) $300.0 million of such proceeds or capital contributions received by the Company in November 2016 and (B) Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to (x) a
Subsidiary of the Company or (y) an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust (to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination)); 

  
 -63- 

 (iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to October 13, 2010 of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible
or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property (other than such Capital Stock), distributed by the Company upon such conversion or
exchange), together with the net proceeds, if any, received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon such conversion or exchange; and 

(iv) the amount equal to the aggregate net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in any other Person after October 13, 2010 resulting from: 
 (A) repurchases, repayments or redemptions
of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investments (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company), or repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend
or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (B) the redesignation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this
clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income. 
 The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not
prohibit: 
 (1) any Restricted Payment made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock
of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan,
option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) or a substantially concurrent cash capital
contribution received by the Company from the owners of its Capital Stock; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock or capital contribution will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; 

  
 -64- 

 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Obligations of an Issuer or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Subordinated
Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2. 
 (3) dividends paid or
distributions made within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend or distribution would have complied with this Section 3.3; provided, however, that such dividends and distributions will
be included in subsequent calculations of the amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (4)(c) above; and provided further, however, that for purposes of clarification, this clause (3) shall not include cash
payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares included in clause (8) below; 
 (4) the repurchase or other acquisition of
Capital Stock (including options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock) of the Company held by any existing or former employees, officers or directors of the Company or the General Partner or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case pursuant to the repurchase or other acquisition provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase plans or agreements or other agreements to compensate
employees, officers or directors, in each case approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided that such repurchases or other acquisitions pursuant to this clause (4) will not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate during any
calendar year; and provided that the proceeds received from any such transaction will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; 

(5) purchases, repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of
stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise or exchange price thereof, and any purchases, repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or
retirements for value of Capital Stock made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of warrants, options or rights to acquire Capital Stock; 

(6) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a
purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.9 or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100%
of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.5; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company
has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such Section with respect to the Securities and has completed the repurchase of all Securities accepted for payment in connection with such Change of
Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer; 

  
 -65- 

 (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, payments or distributions to dissenting
equityholders pursuant to applicable law or in connection with the settlement or other satisfaction of legal claims made pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; 

(8) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; 

(9) the declaration and payment of scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class of or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company
issued after the Issue Date in accordance with Section 3.2, to the extent such dividends are included in Consolidated Interest Expense; 

(10) so long as the Company is treated for U.S. federal tax purposes as a disregarded entity or partnership, Permitted Tax Distributions; 

(11) dividends paid or distributions made by the Company, or purchases, repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value
of Capital Stock of the Company, within 60 days after October 13, 2010 from proceeds of the issuance of the Company’s 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2018 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million; and 

(12) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate since
the Issue Date. 
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted
Payment of the securities or other assets proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be
its face amount, and the Fair Market Value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in accordance with the definition of that term. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (c) of the second
preceding paragraph or clause (12) of the preceding paragraph, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations
required by this Section 3.3 were computed and the amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (4)(c) above after giving effect to such Restricted Payment. 

In the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through
(12) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such Restricted Payment and may later re-classify all or a portion of such Restricted Payment. 

The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purpose of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in
the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in
such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 3.3 or under clause (12) of the second paragraph of this Section 3.3, or pursuant to the definition of
“Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 -66- 

 SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Co-Issuer) to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such
Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness
or other obligations owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid
on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock); 
 (2) make any
loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any
of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The preceding provisions will not prohibit: 

(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to or by reason of an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date,
including this Indenture and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, each as in effect on such date; 
 (ii) any encumbrance or
restriction with respect to a Person pursuant to or by reason of an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred by a Person on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary
(other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person was acquired by the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary
other than the assets and property so acquired; 
 (iii) any encumbrance or restriction contained in contracts entered into
in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of, or from the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to realize the value of, property
or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -67- 

 (iv) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to an agreement effecting a refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) or clause (ix) of this paragraph or this clause (iv) or contained in
any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplemental, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) or clause (ix) of this paragraph or this clause (iv); provided that the
encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement taken as a whole are no less favorable in any material respect to the holders of the Securities than the encumbrances and restrictions contained
in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refunded, replaced or refinanced; 
 (v) in the case of clause
(3) of the first paragraph of this Section 3.4, any encumbrance or restriction: 
 (A) that restricts in a
customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease (including leases governing leasehold interests or farm-in agreements or farm-out agreements relating to leasehold interests in Oil and Gas
Properties), license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease (including leases governing leasehold interests or farm-in agreements or farm-out agreements relating to leasehold interests in Oil and Gas Properties),
license (including licenses of intellectual property) or other contract; 
 (B) contained in mortgages, pledges or other
security agreements permitted under this Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other
security agreements; 
 (C) contained in any agreement creating Hedging Obligations permitted from time to time under this
Indenture; 
 (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any
reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -68- 

 (E) on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into
in the ordinary course of business; or 
 (F) with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in
operating agreements, joint venture agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and other agreements that are customary in the Oil and Gas Business and entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(vi) any encumbrance or restriction contained in (a) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case that are permitted under this Indenture and that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this
Section 3.4 on the property or assets so acquired, and any proceeds thereof; 
 (vii) any encumbrance or
restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or other disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or property or assets
of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or other disposition; 
 (viii) any encumbrance or
restriction arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (ix) any
encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements governing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred pursuant to an agreement entered into subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with
Section 3.2; provided that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Company taken as a whole, as determined by the Board
of Directors of the Company in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and in this Indenture; and 

(x) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts or required by
insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case entered into or incurred in the ordinary course of business. 

  
 -69- 

 SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 
 (1) the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition)
of the Capital Stock or other assets subject to such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
 (3) except
as provided in the next paragraph, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied, within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be: 
 (a) to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Indebtedness (other
than intercompany Indebtedness, Subordinated Obligations, Capital Stock or Indebtedness owed to an Affiliate of the Company); provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment, redemption or purchase of Indebtedness
pursuant to this clause (a), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will cause the related commitment to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, redeemed or purchased; or 

(b) to invest in Additional Assets or to make capital expenditures in the Oil and Gas Business; 

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

The requirement of clause 3(b) above shall be deemed to be satisfied if a bona fide binding contract committing to make the acquisition referred to therein is
entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company within the time period specified in the preceding clause (3) and such Net Available Cash is subsequently applied in
accordance with such contract within 180 days following the date such agreement is entered into. 
 Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is
not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within 10 Business Days thereof, the Company will
make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Securities and, to the extent required by the terms of other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions
requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition (“Pari Passu Securities”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities and any such Pari Passu
Securities to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the 

  
 -70- 

 
Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the
accreted value thereof) of the Securities and Pari Passu Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or in respect of such Pari Passu Securities, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by its terms), to the date of purchase
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.5 or the agreements governing the Pari
Passu Securities, as applicable, in each case in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Securities
surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Securities issued in global form as discussed in
Section 2.1(e) the Trustee will select the Securities for purchase based on DTC’s method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Securities and Pari Passu
Securities. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Securities and Pari Passu Securities so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is
required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than two Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company
will purchase the principal amount of Securities and Pari Passu Securities required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.5 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount
has been so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Securities and Pari Passu Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. 

If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued
and unpaid interest will be paid to each Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no further interest will be payable to Holders who tender Securities pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. 

On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the
extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Securities and Pari Passu Securities or portions of Securities and Pari Passu Securities so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than
the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Securities and Pari Passu Securities so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Securities or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Section 3.5 and, in addition, the Company will 

  
 -71- 

 
deliver all certificates required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Securities. On the Asset Disposition Date, the Company or the paying agent, as the case may be, will mail or
deliver to each tendering Holder of Securities or holder or lender of Pari Passu Securities, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Securities or Pari Passu Securities so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such
holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Security, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers, will authenticate and mail or
deliver such new Security to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered; provided that each such new Security will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Securities. Any Security not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder
thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 
 The
Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.5, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Indenture by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations. 
 For the purposes of clause (2) of the first paragraph of
this Section 3.5, the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (1) the assumption by the transferee of
Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than intercompany Indebtedness, Subordinated Obligations, Capital Stock or Indebtedness owed to an Affiliate of the Company) and the release of such Issuers or Restricted
Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) with respect to any
Asset Disposition of oil and natural gas properties by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries where the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary retains an interest in such property, any agreement by the transferee (or an Affiliate thereof)
to pay all or a portion of the costs and expenses of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary related to the exploration, development, completion or production of such properties and activities related thereto; 

(3) any Additional Assets; 

(4) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition
having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed an amount equal to 5.0% of the Company’s Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
(determined at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration), with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;
and 

  
 -72- 

 (5) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 30 days after receipt thereof. 

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), including any income or profits therefrom, whether owned on the date of this
Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Lien effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Securities (in the case of the Company) or
any Subsidiary Guarantee of such other Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or senior in priority to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, as the case may be) the
Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured. 
 SECTION 3.7. Statement by Officers as to
Default. The Issuers shall, so long as any Security is outstanding, deliver to the Trustee within thirty days after the occurrence of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such Default, and what action the Issuers
are taking or proposing to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, make, amend or conduct any transaction (including making a payment to, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service),
contract, agreement or understanding with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless: 

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate, or, if in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Company, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view ;

 (2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, the terms of such
transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause
(1) above); and 
 (3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, the
Board of Directors of the Company has received a written 

  
 -73- 

 
opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting, engineering or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint,
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or, in the case of non-financial transactions, is not less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at
such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate. 
 The preceding paragraph will not apply to: 

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3; 

(2) any issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), or other payments, awards or grants in cash, Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, any employment, consulting, service or severance agreements or other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans or insurance and indemnification arrangements provided to or for the benefit of directors, officers
and employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (3)
any merger or other transaction with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in another jurisdiction or creating a holding company for the Company; 

(4) advances to or reimbursements of employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar
expenditures in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) any transaction
between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries, and guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with
Section 3.2; 
 (6) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to,
or the receipt by the Company of any capital contribution from, the holders of its Capital Stock; 
 (7) indemnities of
officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by charter, bylaw or statutory provisions; 

(8) the payment of reasonable compensation and fees to officers or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(9) any transaction with a joint venture or similar entity (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an
Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; 

  
 -74- 

 (10) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
any other Person, a director of which is also on the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, and such common director is the sole cause for such other Person to be deemed an Affiliate of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, on any
transaction with such other Person; 
 (11) in the case of contracts for exploring for, producing, marketing, storing or
otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto, or other operational contracts, any such contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this
Indenture (a) which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, in either case in the reasonable determination of
the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, and (b) with respect to which the Company has complied with clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding paragraph to the extent applicable; and 

(12) the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to
which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date that is disclosed in the Offering Memorandum under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” as these agreements may be amended,
modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date will be permitted only to the extent that its terms
are not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the holders of the Securities than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date. 

SECTION 3.9. Purchase of Securities Upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or
concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Securities pursuant to Article V, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof ) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

  
 -75- 

 Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or
concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Securities pursuant to Article V, the Company will provide notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating: 

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such
Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive
interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control Payment”); 
 (2) the repurchase
date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is provided) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Security not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Securities accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that
Holders electing to have any Securities purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Securities, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Securities in
certificated form completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Securities and their election to require the Company to purchase
such Securities, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
of the Holder of the Securities, the principal amount of Securities tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Securities and its election to have such Securities purchased; 

(7) that if the Company is repurchasing a portion of the Security of any Holder, the Holder will be issued a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, provided that the unpurchased portion of the Note must be equal to a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; and 

(8) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its
Securities repurchased. 
 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Securities or portions of Securities (in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and not properly withdrawn; 

  
 -76- 

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Securities or portions of Securities accepted for payment; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities or portions of Securities being purchased by the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail or deliver to each Holder of Securities accepted for payment the Change of Control Payment for such
Securities, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Securities
surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued
and unpaid interest, will be paid to each Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no further interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. 

The Company is not required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if any other Person makes the Change of Control Offer
in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 3.9 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer. 
 A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of a Change
of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 
 The
Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.9, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Section 3.9 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations. 
 SECTION 3.10. Provision of
Financial Information. Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will make available to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities without
cost, by posting the same on the Company’s website or the SEC’s EDGAR filing system as further provided below for public availability, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports that are specified in Sections 13
and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation that would be due after the Issue Date, within the time periods specified therein with respect to a non-accelerated filer. The Company will file a copy of each of the reports
referred to in the preceding sentence with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing). 

  
 -77- 

 This Section 3.10 will not impose any duty on the Company under the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and the related SEC rules that would not otherwise be applicable. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, (a) any such reports or
other information delivered pursuant to the foregoing will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Subsidiary Guarantors as contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X or any financial statements of unconsolidated
subsidiaries or 50% or less owned persons as contemplated by Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or any schedules required by Regulation S-X, or in each case any successor provisions and (b) such information shall not be required to comply with
Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein. 

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the financial information required will include, to
the extent material, a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in any accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 

The availability of the foregoing materials on the SEC’s website or on the Company’s website shall be deemed to satisfy the
foregoing delivery obligations. 
 For so long as any Securities remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under
Rule 144, the Company will furnished to the holders of the Securities, and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such
shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 SECTION 3.11. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company will cause (a) each
Domestic Subsidiary of the Company formed or acquired after the Issue Date and (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary (except the Co-Issuer) that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company, or a
Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case to execute and deliver to the Trustee within 30 days a supplemental indenture (in substantially the form specified in Exhibit B to this Indenture) pursuant to which such Subsidiary will unconditionally
guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on a senior basis; provided that any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary
need not become a Subsidiary Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. 

  
 -78- 

 SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers will maintain an office or
agency where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the
Securities and this Indenture may be served. The corporate trust office of the Trustee indicated in Section 2.3 shall be such office or agency of the Issuers, unless the Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency
for one or more of such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall
fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee indicated in Section 11.2, and the Issuers hereby appoint the
Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate
one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence.
Except as otherwise provided in Article IV, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence, rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary if it shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 SECTION 3.14. Payment of
Taxes. The Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuers or any
Subsidiary Guarantor or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, (i) that the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid
or discharged any such tax, assessment or charge the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (ii) that the Issuers and Subsidiary Guarantors are not required to pay or discharge
taxes for which a failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse affect on the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or
cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Securities for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities
unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the 

  
 -79- 

 
Securities that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with
respect to any payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for
the Notes, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may exclude (i) holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes that are not “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or “non-U.S.
Persons” as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act, and (ii) holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes in any jurisdiction (other than the United States) where the inclusion of such holders or Beneficial Owners would require the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the registration requirements or other similar requirements under any securities laws of such jurisdiction, or the solicitation of such consent, waiver or amendment from, or the granting of
such consent or waiver, or the approval of such amendment by, holders or Beneficial Owners in such jurisdiction would be unlawful, in each case as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. 

SECTION 3.16. Compliance Certificate. The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the
end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the Issue Date a statement (which need not be an Officers’ Certificate) signed by two Officers of the Company, one of which shall be the principal executive officer, the principal accounting
officer or the principal financial officer of the Company, stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a
view to determining whether each of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors has performed its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such
period. If they do, the certificate shall describe such Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuers also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). 

SECTION 3.17. Business Activities. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any
business other than the Oil and Gas Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Co-Issuer may not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to
obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Co-Issuer may not have any Subsidiary, and no Person other than the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries may own any Capital Stock of the
Co-Issuer. 

  
 -80- 

 ARTICLE IV 

SUCCESSOR COMPANY 
 SECTION
4.1. Merger and Consolidation. 
 (a) Neither the Company nor the Co-Issuer will consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up
into (whether or not it is the surviving Person), or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person, unless: 

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a corporation (in the case
of either the Company or the Co-Issuer) or a partnership, trust or limited liability company (but only in the case of the Company), organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District
of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the
obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the
Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing; 
 (3) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a), or (b) have had a Consolidated Coverage Ratio equal to or greater than
the actual Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company for such four-quarter period; 
 (4) if an Issuer is not the
Successor Company in any of the transactions referred to above that involve such Issuer, each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture
confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Securities and that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall continue to be in effect; and 

(5) the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 For purposes
of this Section 4.1, the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which assets, if held by the Company instead of such
Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. 

Upon satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, as applicable, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Co-Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture; and its predecessor, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, will be released from all obligations under this
Indenture. 

  
 -81- 

 Notwithstanding the preceding clause (3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the
Co-Issuer) may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its assets to the Company and the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its assets to a Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) the Company may merge with
an Affiliate formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction. 
 (b) In addition, the Company will not
permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, and will not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor to, any Person (other than the Company or another
Subsidiary Guarantor) unless: 
 (1) either (A) (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will be a corporation,
partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and such Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) will expressly
assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantee and the applicable Registration
Rights Agreement and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such
transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or 

(B) the transaction results in the release of the Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in compliance with
Section 10.2; and 
 (2) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE V 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 

SECTION 5.1. Redemption. The Securities may be redeemed subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in
paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture. 

SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Securities at the election of the Issuers, as permitted by any provision of the
Securities, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.
In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuers, the Issuers shall, not later than five Business Days prior to giving notice of any redemption pursuant to Section 5.5 (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the

  
 -82- 

 
Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and, in the case of any redemption of less than all Securities, shall deliver to the
Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any
Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed. If less than
all the Securities are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Securities not
previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee, of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed,
or, if such Securities are not so listed, then on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Securities issued in global form as discussed in Section 2.1(e) the Trustee will select the Securities for purchase based on DTC’s method that most
nearly approximates a pro rata selection), by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements), and which may provide for the
selection for redemption of portions of the Securities in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount
of a Security not redeemed to less than $2,000. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Securities selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the method it has chosen for the selection of Securities and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Securities shall relate,
in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed. 

SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.2 not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed. At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at the Issuers’ expense;
provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, at least five Business Days prior to the giving of such notice (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the
Trustee give such notice at the Issuers’ expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items. 

All notices of redemption shall state: 

(1) the Redemption Date, 

(2) the redemption price, if then determinable, and otherwise the method for its determination and the amount of accrued
interest (including Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7, if any, 

  
 -83- 

 (3) if less than all outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the
identification of the particular Securities (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

 (4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and
after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed, 

(5) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to the
Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7) will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Issuers default in making the redemption payment, that interest on
Securities called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date, 
 (6) the place or
places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any, 
 (7)
the name and address of the Paying Agent, 
 (8) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price, 
 (9) the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, and that no
representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities, and 

(10) the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which the Securities are to be redeemed. 

SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit
with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest (including Additional Interest) on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date, other than Securities or portions
of Securities called for redemption that are beneficially owned by the Issuers and have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. 

SECTION 5.7. Securities Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities or portions of
Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuers shall
default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the only right of the Holders thereof will be to receive payment of the redemption price and, subject to the next sentence, unpaid
interest on such Securities to the 

  
 -84- 

 
Redemption Date. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Issuers at the redemption price, together with accrued
interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holder of such Security, or one or more predecessor Securities,
registered as such as of the relevant record date. 
 If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for
redemption, the unpaid principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Securities. 

SECTION 5.8. Securities Redeemed in Part. Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this
Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.12 (with, if the Issuers or the Trustee so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make
available for delivery to the Holder of such Security at the expense of the Issuers, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered; provided, that each such new Security will be in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the
following events in relation to the Securities (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order,
rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 
 (1) default in any payment of interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on any Security when due, continued for 30 days; 
 (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium,
if any, on any Security when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 

(3) failure by either Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 4.1; 

(4) failure by either Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4,
3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15 or 3.18 for 30 days after the Issuer has been given notice as provided below; 

(5) failure by the Company or the Issuers to comply with any agreement in this Indenture (other than an agreement, a default in
or failure to comply with is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after the Issuer has been given notice as provided below; 

  
 -85- 

 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be
issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than
Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default: 

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of
the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (and any extensions of any grace period) (“payment default”); or 

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity (the “cross acceleration
provision”); 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; 

(7) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the
Company, the Co-Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the last audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company, the Co-Issuer, or a Significant
Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the last audited consolidated financial statements for the Company, the Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary bankrupt or
insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as
of the last audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, under any applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the last audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of its or their property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or
any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or 

  
 -86- 

 (8) the commencement by the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the last audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any
applicable Federal or State or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it or them to the entry of a decree or order for
relief in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it or them, or
the filing by it or them of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State or foreign law, or the consent by it or them to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking
possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the last audited
consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its or their property, or the making by it or them of an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or the failure by them or it to pay its or their debts generally as they become due; or 
 (9) failure by the
Company, the Co-Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid
or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final judgment or decree during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
effect (the “judgment default provision”); or 
 (10) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary
or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, ceases to be in full force and effect
(except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together (as of
the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.1 will not constitute an Event of Default until the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Issuers in writing and, in the case of a notice given by the Holders, the Trustee of the default and the Company or the Co-Issuer do not cure such
default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 6.1 after receipt of such notice. 

  
 -87- 

 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
described in Section 6.1(7) and (8)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company and the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company
and the Co-Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default
described in Section 6.1(7) and (8) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6) shall have occurred and be continuing, such Event of Default and any consequential
acceleration (to the extent not in violation of any applicable law or in conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) shall be automatically rescinded if (i) the Indebtedness that is the subject of such Event of
Default has been repaid or (ii) if the default relating to such Indebtedness is waived by the holders of such Indebtedness or cured and if such Indebtedness has been accelerated, then the holders thereof have rescinded their declaration of
acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness, in each case within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto, and (iii) any other existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the
Securities that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Securities, have been cured or waived. 
 SECTION 6.3. Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of (or premium) or interest (including Additional Interest) on the
Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities, this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the
Trustee (with a copy to the Issuers, but the applicable waiver or rescission shall be effective when the notice is given to the Trustee) may (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
(including Additional Interest) on a Security or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Securityholder affected and (b) rescind any
acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment
of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Securities that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is
deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 

  
 -88- 

 SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction
that conflicts with law or this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders (it being understood
that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such direction is unduly prejudicial to such Securityholders) or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any
other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification or security satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused
by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 6.7, a Securityholder may
not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given to the
Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the outstanding Securities have requested that the Trustee pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee
security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied
with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not waived such Event of Default or otherwise given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period. 

A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Securityholder. 
 SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture
(including, without limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest (including Additional Interest) on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due
dates expressed or provided for in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

  
 -89- 

 SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses
(1) or (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any
unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Co-Issuer or the other Subsidiary Guarantors or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited
by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other
Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money
in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under Section 7.7, including payment of
all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

SECOND: to Holders of Securities for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest), respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Securities pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an 

  
 -90- 

 
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the
suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit
by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Securities. 
 ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.1.
Duties of Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested
in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations
or other facts stated therein). 
 (b) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust
Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (3) the Trustee shall not
be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and 

  
 -91- 

 (4) no provision of this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees
shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds
to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity or security against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

(c) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and
(c) of this Section. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may
agree in writing with the Issuers. 
 (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. 
 (f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to
the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 (g) Unless otherwise specifically
provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of such Issuer. 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1: 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and
to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided herein, but shall
have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuers. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed
with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be
authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection,
and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted
or suffered by it hereunder or under the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

  
 -92- 

 (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of
Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such
Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 11.2, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Securities or the
Subsidiary Guarantees at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion
against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have
knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee. 
 (j) Whenever in the administration
of this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may request and in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate. 

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(l) The parties hereto acknowledge, in accordance with Section 326 of the Patriot Act, that the Trustee, like all financial institutions
and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agree that they will provide the Trustee with all such information as it may reasonably request in order to satisfy the requirements or its obligations under the Patriot Act. 

(m) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Securities and may otherwise deal with the 

  
 -93- 

 
Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the
Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the
Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Securities, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by
any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of
the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall provide notice to each Securityholder of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of
a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium (if any), or interest on any Security (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Security), the Trustee may withhold the notice
if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders. 

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each December 15 beginning December 15, 2017, the Trustee
shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such December 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b) and TIA § 313(c). 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the
Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d). 

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder
and under the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The
Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation
and mailing of notices to Securityholders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee
against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees 

  
 -94- 

 
and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Trustee in any action or proceeding between the Trustee and the Issuers or between the Trustee and any third party or otherwise)) incurred by it
without willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees, including the costs and
expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7), the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Securityholder, the Issuers or otherwise). The Trustee
shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of its obligations hereunder except to the extent
the Issuers are prejudiced thereby. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and
expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee,
(i) there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense or (ii) there are no legal defenses available to the Trustee that are different from or are in addition to those available to the
Issuers. 
 To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the
Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Securities. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuers. 

The Issuers’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. Without prejudice to any other
rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (7) or clause (8) of Section 6.1, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying
the Issuers in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent
will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof or TIA §310; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any other reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the
Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

  
 -95- 

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee
and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a
notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition, at the Issuers’ expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA §
310(b), any Securityholder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under
Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the
Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further
act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and
deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name
of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors
by merger, consolidation or conversion. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee
that satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The
Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in
other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 

  
 -96- 

 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee shall
comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 

SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from
the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days
after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the
Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 
 ARTICLE
VIII 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance. 

(a) Subject to Section 8.1(c), when (i)(x) all Securities that have been authenticated (other than Securities replaced or paid
pursuant to Section 2.10 and Securities for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within
one year or will be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers or any Subsidiary
Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, in such amount as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of final maturity or redemption; (ii) the
Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and (iii) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such
Securities at final maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Issuers (accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) and at the cost and expense of the Issuers. If U.S. Government Obligations shall have been deposited in
connection with such satisfaction and discharge, then as a further condition to such satisfaction and discharge, the Trustee shall have received a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants to the effect set forth in
Section 8.2(1). 

  
 -97- 

 (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Issuers at any time may terminate
(i) all of their obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or
Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15 and 3.18 and Section 4.1 (other than
Sections 4.1(a)(1), (2), (4) and (5)), and the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply with such covenants shall no longer
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1(3) (as it relates to Section 4.1(a)(3)), Section 6.1(4) (to the extent applicable to such other defeased covenants), Section 6.1(6),
Section 6.1(7) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries), Section 6.1(8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries) and Section 6.1(9), and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute an Event of
Default (clause (ii) being referred to as the “covenant defeasance option”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Securities shall be unaffected thereby. The Issuers may exercise its legal defeasance
option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance or its covenant defeasance option, the Subsidiary Guarantees in effect at such time shall terminate. 

If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the
Issuers exercise its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(4) (to the extent applicable to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4,
3.5, 3.6, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15 and 3.18), Section 6.1(5), Section 6.1(6), Section 6.1(7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries),
Section 6.1(8) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries), Section 6.1(9) or Section 6.1(10) or because of the failure of the Company or the Issuers to comply with Section 4.1(a)(3). 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request and expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the
discharge of those obligations that the Issuers terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and
(b) to the extent relating to a legal defeasance, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 3.12, 7.7 and
7.8 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive. 

SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Issuers may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 (1) the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and U.S. Government 

  
 -98- 

 
Obligations, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest,
including Additional Interest, if any, due on the outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Securities are being defeased to Stated Maturity or to
a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of legal defeasance, the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that since the Issue Date, (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) there has been a change in the applicable
federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the respective outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions) reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the respective outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any
material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiaries are bound; 

(5) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of
Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in
the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
 (6) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that, assuming, among other things, no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuers between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuers under
applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization of similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 

  
 -99- 

 (7) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 

(8) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel
may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with. 

SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust all money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds
thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture and the Securities to the Holders of
the Securities of all sums due in respect of the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities. 

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Issuers. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuers upon request any excess
money, U.S. Government Obligations or other securities held by them upon payment of all the Obligations under this Indenture. 
 Subject to
any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities that remains unclaimed by the
Holders thereof for two years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as unsecured general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another Person and the Trustee and the Paying Agent
shall have no further liability with respect to such money. 
 SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuers
shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance
with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Issuers and each
Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors have made any payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest (including Additional Interest) on any Securities because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers or Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive
such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -100- 

 The Trustee’s rights under this Article VIII shall survive termination of this
Indenture. 
 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENTS 
 SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders. The Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Securityholder: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the
obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and the Securities; 
 (3) to
provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f)
of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 

(4) to add Subsidiary Guarantors (or any other guarantors) with respect to the Securities, including Subsidiary Guarantors, or
release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and terminate such Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the release and termination is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 

(5) to secure the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(6) to add covenants of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any
right or power herein conferred upon the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor; 
 (7) to make any change that
does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Securityholder, provided, however, that any change made to conform this Indenture to the “Description of Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum shall not be
deemed to adversely affect such legal rights; 
 (8) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any
required qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or 
 (9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an
appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 -101- 

 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. The Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees without notice to any Securityholder but with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities). Subject to Section 6.4 and 6.7, any past default or compliance with the provisions of this
Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities). However, without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not: 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 

(2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest or Additional Interest on any
Security; 
 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Security; 

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Security as described in Section 3.9, Article V
hereof or paragraph 5 of any Security, change the time at which any Security may be redeemed as described in Section 3.9, Article V hereof or paragraph 5 of any Security or make any change relative to the
Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Securities as a result of a Change of Control as described in Section 3.9 after (but not before) the occurrence of such Change of Control; 

(5) make any Security payable in money other than U.S. dollars; 

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional
Interest) on such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities; 

(7) make any change to this Section 9.2; 

(8) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee otherwise than in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or 
 (9) subordinate the Securities or any Subsidiary Guarantee in right
of payment to any other Indebtedness of either Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the
Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Indenture by any Holder of the Securities given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Securities will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange. 

  
 -102- 

 After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Issuers shall provide
to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary
Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to
an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of
the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date
the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder unless it makes a change
described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 9.2, and in that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Securityholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Securityholder that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Securities. An amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.2 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of consents, and in relation to any
Securities evidenced by Global Securities, such consents need not be in written form and may be evidenced by any electronic transmissions that comport with the applicable procedures of DTC. 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their
consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record
date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange
of Securities. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the
changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate a new Security that
reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

  
 -103- 

 SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement
or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any
amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any
Subsidiary Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.3). 

ARTICLE X 
 GUARANTEE

 SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully,
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder of the Securities, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual
payment when due, whether at final maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Obligations. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice
or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Obligations and also waives
notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Obligations. 
 Each
Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for
payment of the Obligations. 
 Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall
not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any
defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each
Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under this Indenture,
the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this

  
 -104- 

 
Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any
right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuers; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or
omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the
Obligations or such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee upon the merger or the sale of all the Capital Stock or assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor or otherwise in compliance with Section 4.1,
Section 10.2 or Article VIII, as applicable. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part
thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise. 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Subsidiary
Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at final maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and
will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing
and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law). 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand,
(x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary
Guarantor for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 

The delivery of any Security by the Trustee, after authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantees
set forth in this Indenture or any supplemental indenture on behalf of a Subsidiary Guarantor. Neither any Issuer nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on any Security to reflect the Subsidiary Guarantees. The validity
and enforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that a notation thereof is not affixed to any particular Security. 

  
 -105- 

 SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. 

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder will be
limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and after giving effect
to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this
Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar
laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) Upon the sale or disposition of a Subsidiary Guarantor (by merger, consolidation,
the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease)) and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity in such transaction, to a Person which is not the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 3.5. 

(c) A Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee if the Company designates
such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor will be deemed released from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such
Subsidiary Guarantee will terminate, upon the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Securities or upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, in each case pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof. 

(e) Upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing. 
 (f) With respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from
its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (g)
The release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall be conditioned upon such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that
all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such release have been complied with. 
 SECTION 10.3. Right of
Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Subsidiary
Guarantor 

  
 -106- 

 
shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuers or any other Subsidiary Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this
Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount
guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. 
 SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by
each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or guarantee or right of offset held by the
Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Subsidiary Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of payments made by such
Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at
any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith
upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations. 

ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION
11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the
TIA shall control. Each Subsidiary Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA. 

SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing in the English language and delivered in person, sent by
facsimile, other electronic means, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuers or to any Subsidiary Guarantor: 

Alta Mesa Holdings, LP and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp. 

Alta Mesa Holdings, LP 
 15021
Katy Freeway, Suite 400 
 Houston, Texas 77094 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office in Houston, 

Texas, which corporate trust office for purposes of this 

Indenture is at the date hereof located at: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

8 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100 

Houston, Texas 77056 
 Telecopy:
(713) 212-3718 
 Attention: 

Mauri J. Cowen, Vice President 

U.S. Bank National Association, 

Global Corporate Trust Services 

  
 -107- 

 The Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee by written notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 Any notice or communication to the Issuers or the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five calendar days after mailing if sent by U.S. Postal Service registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt by a Trust
Officer. Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made. 
 Any notice or communication
mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder’s address as it appears in the Securities Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by
mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 

SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other
Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

  
 -108- 

 SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture (except in connection with the original issuance of Securities on the date hereof), the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a
statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief
statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (4)
a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
 In giving such
Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials. 

SECTION 11.6. When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Securities
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be
considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable
rules for action by, or at meetings of, Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 11.8. Legal Holidays. If a specified payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that
is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 

  
 -109- 

 SECTION 11.9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of
Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, partner or trustee of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by
accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. 

SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind
their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.12. Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 -110- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of
the date and year first written above. 
  

			
	ALTA MESA HOLDINGS, LP
		
	By:	 	 Alta Mesa Holdings GP, LLC,
 as general
partner

		
	By:	 	/s/ Harlan H. Chappelle
		 	 Harlan H. Chappelle
 Chief Executive
Officer

  

			
	ALTA MESA FINANCE SERVICES CORP.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Harlan H. Chappelle
		 	 Harlan H. Chappelle
 Chief Executive
Officer

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 
			
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
	
	 ARI DEVELOPMENT, LLC

ALTA MESA GP, LLC

ALTA MESA ACQUISITION SUB, LLC

ALABAMA ENERGY RESOURCES LLC

ALTA MESA ENERGY LLC

AM IDAHO LLC

AM MICHIGAN LLC

AMH ENERGY NEW MEXICO, LLC

CAIRN ENERGY USA, LLC

LOUISIANA ONSHORE PROPERTIES LLC

TEA ENERGY SERVICES, LLC

THE MERIDIAN PRODUCTION, LLC

THE MERIDIAN RESOURCE, LLC

THE MERIDIAN RESOURCE & EXPLORATION LLC

TMR DRILLING, LLC

VIRGINIA OIL AND GAS, LLC

		
	Each by:	 	/s/ Harlan H. Chappelle
		 	    Harlan H. Chappelle
		 	    Chief Executive Officer
	
	 ARANSAS RESOURCES, L.P.

BUCKEYE PRODUCTION COMPANY, LP

LOUISIANA EXPLORATION & ACQUISITIONS, LP

NAVASOTA RESOURCES, LTD., LLP

NUECES RESOURCES, LP

OKLAHOMA ENERGY ACQUISITIONS, LP

TEXAS ENERGY ACQUISITIONS, LP

GALVESTON BAY RESOURCES, LP

PETRO ACQUISITIONS, LP

PETRO OPERATING COMPANY, LP

ALTA MESA SERVICES, LP

		
	Each by:	 	    Alta Mesa GP, LLC

 
			
		
	By:    	 	/s/ Harlan H. Chappelle
		 	         Harlan H. Chappelle

        Chief Executive Officer

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Mauri J. Cowen
	Name:	 	Mauri J. Cowen
	Title:	 	Vice President, Corporate Trust Services

 Signature Page to Indenture 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY] 

[Applicable Restricted Securities Legend] 

[Depository Legend, if applicable] 
 No.
[            ] 
 Principal Amount
$[                        ], as 

revised by the Schedule of Increases and 

Decreases in Global Security attached hereto 

CUSIP NO.
                         

ISIN:
                         

7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 

Alta Mesa Holdings, LP a Texas limited partnership and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp., a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally promise
to pay to                          or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[            ] Dollars, as revised by the [            ] Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security
attached hereto, on December 15, 2024. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security. 

 

			
	Alta Mesa Holdings, LP
		
	By:	 	 
	
	Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp.
		
	By:	 	 

  
 A-1 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Securities described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee, 

 

									
					
	By:	 	 	 		 	Dated:	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer	 		 		 	

  
 A-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

ALTA MESA HOLDINGS, LP, AND ALTA MESA FINANCE SERVICES CORP. 

7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 
  

	1.	Interest 

 Alta Mesa Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership (the
“Company”), and Alta Mesa Finance Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Co-Issuer” together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the principal amount
of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. 
 The Issuers will pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of
each year commencing June 15, 2017. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance of the Notes. The
Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the above rate plus 1.0% to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

If an interest payment date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest payment to be made on such interest payment date will be
made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such interest payment date, and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment 

[The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. Additional Interest, if any, due under the
Registration Rights Agreement, shall be paid to the same Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest.]1 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which
any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Issuers shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest (including
Additional Interest). The Issuers will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date
even if Securities are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal, premium,
if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and
interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal,
premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, 
  

	1 	 Include in Restricted Securities only. 

  
 A-3 

 
however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, at the Issuers’ option, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States
if the Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as
the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the
“Trustee”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Securityholder. The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of
December 8, 2016 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). Capitalized terms used
herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

 The Securities are senior obligations of the Issuers. The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and
delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Security is one of the 7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include (i) $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 7.875% Senior Notes due
2024 issued under the Indenture on December 8, 2016 (herein called “Initial Securities”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 of the Issuers that may be issued from time to time under the
Indenture subsequent to December 8, 2016 (herein called “Additional Securities”) as provided in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture and (iii) if and when issued, the Issuers’ 7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 that
may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange
Securities”). The Initial Securities, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of
restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of
mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Securities by certain subsidiaries. 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on
the Securities and all other amounts 

  
 A-4 

 
payable by the Issuers under the Indenture, the Securities and the Registration Rights Agreement when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise,
according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have unconditionally guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, will unconditionally guarantee), jointly and severally, such
obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Redemption 

 Except as set forth below, the Securities will not be redeemable at the
option of the Issuers prior to December 15, 2019. On and after such date, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Issuers’ option, in whole or in part, at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) to the applicable Redemption Date (subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15 of the years set forth below: 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2019
	  	 	105.906	% 
	 2020
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2021
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2022 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to December 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the
aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a
percentage of principal amount) of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the original principal amount of
the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and 

(2) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering. 

In addition, at any time prior to December 15, 2019, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice given to each Holder
as provided in the Indenture, the Issuers may redeem the Securities, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional
Interest), if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

  
 A-5 

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Security at any Redemption Date, the
greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Security or (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Security on December 15, 2019 (such redemption
price set forth in the table above) plus (2) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such Redemption Date) due on such Security through December 15, 2019, computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Security. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519)
which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the
Redemption Date to December 15, 2019; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 15, 2019 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is
given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from
the Redemption Date to December 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

The Issuers will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate as of the second Business Day preceding the applicable Redemption Date and
(b) prior to such Redemption Date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 

 

	6.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have exercised
its right to redeem all of the Securities as described under paragraph 5 of the Securities, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
  

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Securities are in registered form without coupons
in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Security (A) for a period
(1) of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or (2) beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) selected for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any
Security being redeemed in part. 

  
 A-6 

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	9.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to
the Issuers for payment as unsecured general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another Person and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	10.	Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the
Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the
Securities to redemption or final maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	11.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture,
(i) the Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented by the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Securities and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Securityholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors
and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article IV of the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated
Securities in addition to, or in place of, certificated Securities, to add Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Securities, including Subsidiary Guarantors, or release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and terminate such
Subsidiary Guarantee, provided that the release and termination is in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees, to add additional covenants of the Company, the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor for
the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company, the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, to make any change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder, or to evidence and provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 A-7 

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

 Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain bankruptcy events specified in the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company and the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain
bankruptcy events specified in the Indenture occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without
any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee if an Event of Default exists, the Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives indemnity or
security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 

 

	13.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Issuers or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	14.	No personal liability of directors, officers, employees and stockholders  

 No director,
officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, partner or trustee of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under
the Securities, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. 
  

	15.	Authentication 

 This Security shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the
Trustee (or an Authenticating Agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security. 

  
 A-8 

	16.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	17.	CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuers have caused CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN
numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to
the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

 

	18.	Governing Law 

 This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuers will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the
Securityholder a copy of the Indenture, which has in it the text of this Security in larger type. Requests may be made to: 
 Alta Mesa
Holdings, LP 
 15021 Katy Freeway, Suite 400 

Houston, Texas 77094 
 Attention:
Chief Financial Officer 
  

	19.	Patriot Act 

 The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of
the Patriot Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to the Indenture agree that they will
provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the Patriot Act. 

  
 A-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Security, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Security to: 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s social security
or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                         agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to
act for him. 
  
  

 

									
	Date:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

  
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of
this Security. 
 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit
unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-10 

 [The undersigned hereby certifies that it ☐ is / ☐ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to
its knowledge, the proposed transferee ☐ is / ☐ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 In connection with any transfer or
exchange of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year (or 40 days in the case of any Regulation S Notes) after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if
any, on which such Securities were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being: 
 CHECK
ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

	 	(1)    ☐	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or 

  

	 	(2)    ☐	transferred to the Issuers; or 

  

	 	(3)    ☐	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or 

 

	 	(4)    ☐	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 	(5)    ☐	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 	(6)    ☐	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other
than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) or (6) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications
and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such
as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
			
	  
	 		 	   

		 		 	Signature
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	   
	 		 	   

	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 		 	Signature
	
	   

  
 A-11 

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for
its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such
information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

	
	
	   

	Dated: ]2

  

	2 	Include in Restricted Security only. 

  
 A-12 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of increase/decrease
	  	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of
this
Global Security
	  	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this
Global Security
	  	 Principal Amount of this
Global Security
following
such decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
or
Securities Custodian

  
 A-13 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box: 

 
 ☐    ☐ 

3.5    3.9 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or
Section 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):
$                                         
    and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Security not being repurchased (in the
absence of any such specification, one such Security will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):
$                                . 

 

									
					
	Date:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)            

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-14 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS 

This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
[                        ], 20         (this “Supplemental
Indenture” or “Guarantee”), is among [name of future Guarantor] (the “Guarantor”), Alta Mesa Holdings, LP, a Texas limited partnership (the “Company”), and Alta Mesa Finance Services
Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Co-Issuer” together with the Company, the “Issuers”), each other then existing Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below, and U.S. Bank National Association, as
Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of
December 8, 2016 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $[        ] million of
7.875% Senior Notes due 2024 of the Issuers (the “Securities”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 3.11 of the Indenture
provides that after the Issue Date the Company is required to cause certain Subsidiaries of the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and
several basis with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Guarantor and the Issuers are authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Issuers, the other Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

Definitions 
 SECTION 1.1
Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other
words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 

  
 B-1 

 ARTICLE II 

Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee 

SECTION 2.1 Agreement to be Bound. The Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and as such will
have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and to
perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.2 Guarantee. The Guarantor
agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Obligations pursuant to Article X of the
Indenture. 
 ARTICLE III 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION
3.1 Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Issuers as provided in the Indenture for notices to the
Issuers. 
 SECTION 3.2 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or
corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 

SECTION 3.3 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
New York. 
 SECTION 3.4 Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 SECTION 3.5 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the
Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of
Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein,
all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

  
 B-2 

 SECTION 3.6 Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this
Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 SECTION 3.7 Headings.
The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 B-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	ALTA MESA HOLDINGS, LP
		
	By:	 	 Alta Mesa Holdings GP, LLC,
 as general
partner

		
	By:	 	 
		
	Name:	 	 
		
	Title:	 	 

  

			
	ALTA MESA FINANCE SERVICES CORP.
		
	By:	 	 
		
	Name:	 	 
		
	Title:	 	 

  

			
	 Accepted as of the date hereof.
  

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

		
	By:	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	 
		
	Name:	 	 
		
	Title:	 	 
	
	[GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		
	Name:	 	 
		
	Title:	 	 

  
 B-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00265-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00265-of-00352.parquet"}]]